2019 HYBRID
OWNER’S MANUAL
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
3
WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or off-highway motor
vehicle can expose you to chemicals including
engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To
minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area
and wear gloves or wash your hands
frequently when servicing your vehicle. For
more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle
.
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
uploaded to Honda upon vehicle start up.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 0 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
Software End User License Agreement
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which
contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User
License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your
use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services,
functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of
the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and
conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software
by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda
Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop
100-5E-8A, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage
this setting, visit www.hondalink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
NOTICE
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 1 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Power Window Switches (P 184)
❙ Master Door Lock Switch (P 176)
❙ Door Mirror Controls (P 207)
❙ Trunk Opener (P 178)
❙ Interior Fuse Box (P 654)
❙ Hood Release Handle (P 579)
❙ Driver’s Front Airbag
(P 52)
❙ Rearview Mirror (P 206)
❙ HomeLink® Buttons
*
(P 397)
❙ Accessory Power Socket
(P 223)
❙ Passenger’s Front Airbag
(P 52)
❙ Wireless Charger
*
(P 224)
❙ USB Port (P 239)
❙ Trunk Main Switch (P 180)
❙ Glove Box (P 219)
❙ Shift Button
Transmission
(P 465)
❙ Memory Buttons
*
(P 204)
❙ SET Button
*
(P 204)
❙ Parking Brake (P 540)
❙ ECON Button (P 475)
❙ SPORT Button (P 471)
❙ EV Button (P 13)
❙ Automatic Brake Hold Button
(P 545)
❙ Electric Parking Brake Switch
(P 458)
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 6 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
7
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P 61)
❙ Ceiling Light (P 217)
❙ Grab Handle
❙ Seat Belts (P 42)
❙ Map Lights
(P 218)
❙ Moonroof
Switch
*
(P 187)
❙ Sunglasses
Holder
(P 228)
❙ Side Airbags (P 59)
❙ Coat Hook (P 227)
❙ Knee Airbags
(P 56)
❙ Front Seat
(P 208)
❙ Accessory Power
Socket
(P 223)
❙ USB Port
*
(P 239)
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P 74)
❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P 72)
❙ Rear Seat (P 212)
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P 70)
❙ Sun Visors
❙ Vanity Mirrors
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 7 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Operating
mode
Electric Vehicle (EV) Hybrid (HV) Engine (Direct Drive) Regeneration
Driving state
Stopped or driven at low speeds:
• Only the electric motor
provides propulsion to the
wheels.
Driven in high-load conditions
(e.g., when accelerating, going
uphill):
• The Electric Motor provides
propulsion to the wheels.
• The gasoline engine drives
the generator, supplying
electricity to the electric
motor for added propulsion
or to the High Voltage battery
for charging.
Driven in high-speed, low-load
conditions:
• The gasoline engine provides
propulsion to the wheels.
• The High Voltage battery
supplies electricity to the
electric motor for added
propulsion.
• The electric motor provides
electricity to the High Voltage
battery through regenerative
braking.
The accelerator pedal is released
and the vehicle is decelerating.
• The electric motor provides
electricity to the High Voltage
battery through regenerative
braking.
Power Flow
Monitor
Electric motor
Stopped/Running Running Generating/Running Regenerating
Generator Stopped Generating No Output Stopped/No Output
Engine Stopped Running Running Stopped/No Output
High Voltage
battery
Discharge Charging/Discharge Charging/Discharge Charging
Vehicle
Speed
Time
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 12 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
13
Quick Reference Guide
EV Button
EV mode is enabled by pressing the EV button near the shift
button.
The EV mode indicator comes on in the instrument panel when EV
mode is enabled.
Press the EV button again to switch back to HV mode.
Some conditions, such as a low High Voltage battery level and a
high vehicle speed, may keep the system from manually switching
into EV mode. The beeper sounds and a message appears on the
driver information interface with the button pressed when EV
mode is disabled.
Shifts in vehicle, driving or road conditions may automatically
cancel EV mode and switch back to HV mode.
A message will appear on the driver information interface and EV mode may be canceled automatically when:
● The High Voltage battery charge level is low.
● Your vehicle speed is too high.
● Your vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h) while the engine is in warming-up operation.
● You fully depress the accelerator pedal.
● You are driving on hilly road.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages (P108)
In EV mode, the acoustic vehicle alerting system is on.
2 Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System (P476)
Press
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 13 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
14
Quick Reference Guide
● Regenerative Energy and Regenerative Braking
When decelerating without the accelerator being depressed or the brake pedal being applied, or
while driving downhill, the electric motor acts as a generator that recovers a portion of the
electrical energy that was used to accelerate the vehicle. This regenerative braking slows the
vehicle in a manner similar to engine braking in a gasoline-powered vehicle. You can control the
rate of deceleration by using the deceleration paddle selector.
● Auto Engine Stop/Start
Your vehicle’s gasoline engine automatically stops running during vehicle operation or restarts while the vehicle is stationary when it is
appropriate.
In the following cases, however, auto engine stop may not activate.
• The vehicle momentarily needs additional power for aggressive acceleration, or driving uphill or at high speed.
• The climate control system is in heavy use.
• The High Voltage battery temperature is high or low.
● Sounds Unique to the SPORT HYBRID i-MMD System
When you first start driving this vehicle, you will likely hear some unfamiliar sounds, particularly when you turn on the power system, or
while you are driving or accelerating from a stop. Some of these sounds are unique to this vehicle‘s powertrain, fuel, and climate control
systems; others are similar to sounds generated by conventional automobiles that typically are masked by louder noises absent from a
vehicle of this design. These sounds are not a cause for concern, and you will soon recognize them as normal and thus be able to detect any
new or unusual noise should one develop.
After shutting off the engine, you may hear certain noises coming from the vehicle. Here’s the lowdown:
● Noise from Under Vehicle: This noise is caused by the vacuum pump inside the fuel evaporation leakage check module (ELCM).
Depending on conditions, the pump will come on for about 15 minutes about 5 to 10 hours after engine shutoff. This noise is just normal
vehicle operation and don’t indicate a vehicle problem.
When regenerative braking is in
operation
Motor
High
Voltage
Battery
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 14 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Eco Assist® System (P 475)
Range
200
miies
Ambient Meter
With SPORT mode off, the
color of the ambient meter
changes to green to indicate
that the vehicle is being driven
in a fuel efficient manner.
ECON Button (P 475)
Helps maximize fuel economy.
ECON Mode Indicator (P 100)
Comes on when the ECON button is
pressed.
The message is
displayed for a few
seconds when the
ECON button is
pressed.
Ambient Meter
*1
*2
*1: Models without adaptive damper system
*2: Models with adaptive damper system
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 16 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
17
Quick Reference Guide
Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points
● Comes on when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
Eco Drive Display (P154)
● Keep the vehicle icon near the center of the circle.
Aggressive
Deceleration
Fuel economy is:
Best
Drive Cycle
Score
Lifetime Points
Worse WorseBetter Better
Moderate
Deceleration
Slow Acceleration/
Deceleration
Aggressive
Acceleration
Moderate
Acceleration
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 17 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving (P 37)
Airbags (P 49)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety (P 65)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard (P 78)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon
monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist (P 41)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head
restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been
properly adjusted.
Seat Belts (P 42)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 18 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
20
Quick Reference Guide
Controls (P 163)
Clock (P 164)
a Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK
button.
b Rotate to change hour, then press
.
c Rotate to change minute, then
press .
d Select Set, then press .
These indications are used to show how to
operate the selector knob.
• Rotate to select.
• Press to enter.
Models with color audio
To adjust time
To adjust date
a Press the (HOME) button, then
select Settings.
b Select System, then Day & Time.
c Select Set Date & Time.
d Select Automatic Date & Time, then
select OFF.
e Select Set Date or Set Time.
f Adjust the dates, hours and minutes by
selecting / .
g Select Save to set the date or time.
Models with Display Audio
3
4
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
POWER Button (P 188)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
Models with navigation system
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 20 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
21
Quick Reference Guide
Turn Signals (P 191)
Lights (P 191)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Wipers and Washers
(P 198)
*1:Models with automatic intermittent
wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent
wipers
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
(-: Low Sensitivity
*1
(- : Lower speed, fewer sweeps
*2
(+: High Sensitivity
*1
(+ : Higher speed, more sweeps
*2
MIST
OFF
AUTO
*1
: Wiper speed varies automatically
INT
*2
: Low speed with intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
the following situations in order to prevent
severe damage to the wiper system:
● Cleaning the windshield
● Driving through a car wash
● No rain
Steering Wheel (P 205)
● To adjust, push the adjustment lever
down, adjust to the desired position, then
lock the lever back in place.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
To lock
To adjust
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 21 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
22
Quick Reference Guide
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P 175)
● Pull either front door inner handle to
unlock and open it at the same time.
● Unlocking and opening the driver’s door
from the inner handle unlocks all the
other doors and fuel fill door.
Trunk (P 178)
● Press and hold the trunk opener on the
driver’s door unlocks and opens the
trunk.
● Press the trunk release button on the
smart entry remote to unlock and open
the trunk.
● Press the trunk release button on the
trunk lid to unlock and open the trunk.
Power Door Mirrors
(P 207)
● With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
Trunk Opener
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Power Windows (P 184)
● With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger’s window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window
Lock Button
Window
Switch
Indicator
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 22 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
23
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System (P 232)
● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the button to defrost the windshield.
Driver’s Side
Temperature Control
Dial
(Windshield Defroster) Button
SYNC (Synchronization) Button
Floor and
defroster
vents
Floor ventsDashboard and floor
vents, and back of
the center console
*
Dashboard vents
and back of the
center console
*
AUTO Button
(On/Off) Button
(Recirculation) Button
MODE Control Button
Fan Control Dial
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
Passenger’s Side
Temperature Control
Dial
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 23 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
28
Quick Reference Guide
Driving (P 451)
Transmission (P 464)
● Select
(P and depress the brake pedal when turning on the power.
● Shift selection
Park
Press the
(P button.
Used when parking or before turning the power on or off.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Press back the
(R button.
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Press the
(N button.
Transmission is not locked.
Drive
Press the
(D button.
Used for normal driving.
The deceleration paddle selector can be used temporarily.
The deceleration paddle selector can be used when SPORT mode is on.
Shift Position Indicator
The shift position indicator
and the shift button indicator
indicate the current shift
selection.
Shift Position Indicator
Shift Button
Indicator
READY Indicator
On: You can start to drive.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 28 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
34
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P 547)
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in
the lock position. If so, open the
rear door with the outside door
handle.
To cancel this function, slide the
lever up to the unlock position.
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?
The beeper sounds when:
• The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
• The exterior lights are left on.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 34 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
35
Quick Reference Guide
Why does a buzzer sound
when I walk away from the
vehicle after I close the
door?
The buzzer sounds if you move outside the walk away auto
door lock operating range before the door completely closes.
2 Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®) (P170)
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
not wearing their seat belts.
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
I’m seeing an amber
indicator of a tire with an
exclamation point. What is
that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention. If
you recently inflated or changed a tire, you have to recalibrate
the system.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P 480)
Pressing the electric
parking brake switch does
not release the parking
brake. Why?
Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
depressed.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 35 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
37
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions.............. 38
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 40
Safety Checklist ................................. 41
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 42
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 45
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 48
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 49
Types of Airbags ................................ 52
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 52
Knee Airbags ..................................... 56
Side Airbags....................................... 59
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 61
Airbag System Indicators.................... 62
Airbag Care ....................................... 64
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 65
Safety of Infants and Small Children... 67
Safety of Larger Children ................... 76
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 78
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 79
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 37 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
38
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle's safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■ Don't drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don't mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don't drink and drive, and don't let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 38 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
40
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Door Locks
Side Airbags
Seat Belt Tensioners
7
7
9
9
8
8
1010
6
11
11
Knee Airbags
12
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 40 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
41
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety Checklist
Safe Driving
Safety Checklist
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.
Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider
from unexpectedly opening a door.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 174
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 208
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 214
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 45
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child's age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 65
1Safety Checklist
If the door and/or trunk open message appears on
the driver information interface, a door and/or the
trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and
the trunk tightly until the message disappears.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 108
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 41 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
42
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency
locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping
some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to
restrain your body. The front passenger’s and rear seat belts also have a lockable
retractor for use with child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 72
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
then extend it slowly.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 42 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
44
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags or the knee airbags.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 44 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
45
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Continued
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 208
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 45 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
47
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
• When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger's seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 47 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
48
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 48 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
52
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Front knee airbags: Airbags under the steering column and under the glove
box.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 52 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
55
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related
injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a
seat position sensor.
Based on information from this sensor and the
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
system determines the optimal deployment of
the driver’s airbag.
The front passenger’s advanced airbag system
has weight sensors.
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s seat.
However, if you do allow a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s
seat, note that the system will automatically
turn off the front passenger’s airbag if the
sensors detect that the child is approximately
65 lbs (29 kg) or less.
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the
event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of
the driver’s seating position) with a force
corresponding to the severity of the impact.
For the advanced airbags to work properly:
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
• Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
• Do not cover the passenger’s side dashboard with
a cloth, towel, cover, etc.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
P. 63
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat Weight
Sensors
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 55 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
57
uuAirbagsuKnee Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
When the front airbags inflate, the knee
airbags also inflate.
Even if the collision is not severe enough to
deploy the front airbags, the knee airbags may
inflate alone.
■
Operation
When
inflated
Knee
Airbag
When
inflated
Knee
Airbag
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 57 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
61
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Continued
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes,
particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 61 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
63
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■ When the passenger front airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an
infant or small child, on the seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 65
If the front passenger’s seat is empty, the indicator will come on and, in the event of
a crash, the front passenger’s airbag will not deploy. The front passenger’s knee
airbag will not deploy either.
■
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm
that:
• There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat-back.
• There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger’s seat.
• The front seat or seat-back is not forced back
against an object on the seat or floor behind it.
• There is no object placed under or beside the front
passenger’s seat.
• The occupant is sitting in an upright position and
the seat-back is not excessively reclined.
• The occupant is not leaning against the door or
center console.
• The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front
of them.
• There are no objects hanging from the front
passenger’s seat.
• Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back
pocket.
The passenger front airbag off indicator may come
on and go off repeatedly if the total weight on the
seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as
possible if:
• All of the above conditions are met, and the
indicator comes on with an adult seated in the
front passenger seat.
• The seat is empty and the indicator is off.
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front
seat when the indicator is on.
U.S. Canada
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 63 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
70
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats.
A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of
connectors.
1. Locate the anchor marks affixed to the base
of the seat cushion.
2. Pull out the anchor covers under the marks
to expose the lower anchors.
3. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child
seat that is not properly secured will not adequately
protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the
child or other vehicle occupants.
3
WARNING
Never attach two child seats to the same
anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child seat
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Marks
Covers
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 70 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
71
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
4. Open the tether anchor cover behind the
head restraint.
5. Raise the head restraint to its highest
position, then route the tether strap
between the head restraint legs, and secure
the tether strap hook to the anchor.
6. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
7. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
8. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the
rear center seat
Each outer rear seat is equipped with a pair of lower
anchors which are used to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat. The rear center seat, however,
is not equipped with anchors of any kind. The inner
and outer anchors are spaced apart at a standard
distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The distance
between the two inner anchors is 15.4 inches (390
mm).
LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted
with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the
rear center seat. However, a system fitted with
flexible-type attachments can be installed in the
center seat, provided that the manufacturer’s
instructions for that system permit the use of the
inner anchors with the stated spacing. Before seating
a child, make sure that the system is properly
attached to both the lower anchors and tether
anchors.
3
WARNING
Do not use the lower inner anchors of the
outer rear seats to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat to the rear center
seat, unless the manufacturer’s instructions
for that system permit the use of inner
anchors with the stated spacing.
Flexible Type
Anchor
Tether Strap
Hook
Straight top tether
type
Anchor
Tether Strap
Hook
Other top tether
type
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 71 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
73
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 73 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
77
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
the rear seating position. For the child’s safety,
check that the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 77 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
78
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open,
open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not turn the power system on with the garage
door closed. Even when the garage door is open,
drive out of the garage immediately after turning the
power system on.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 78 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
79
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Radiator Cap
Dashboard
U.S. models only
High Voltage System Components
U.S. models Canadian models
Air Conditioner System
U.S. models Canadian models
Inverter Coolant
Filler Tank Cap
Sun Visor
U.S. models Canadian models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 79 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
80
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 80 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
81
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 82
Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages.................... 108
Gauges and Displays
Gauges............................................ 133
Driver Information Interface ............. 135
Head-Up Display
*
............................ 157
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 81 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
83
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System
Indicator (Red)
• Comes on when the parking brake
is applied, and goes off when it is
released.
• Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the brake system.
• The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if you drive with
the parking brake not fully released.
• Comes on for about 30 seconds
when you pull or push the electric
parking brake switch when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY or
VEHICLE OFF.
• Stays on for about 30 seconds
when you set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF while the electric
parking brake is set.
• Comes on while driving - Make sure
the parking brake is released. Check the
brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator
comes on while driving P. 648
• Comes on along with the brake
system indicator (amber) - Immediately
stop in a safe place. Contact a dealer for
repair. The brake pedal becomes harder to
operate. Depress the pedal further than
you normally do.
• Comes on along with the ABS
indicator - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks P. 648
• Blinks and the brake system indicator
(amber) comes on at the same time -
There is a problem with the electric
parking brake system. The parking brake
may not be set.
Avoid using the parking brake and have
your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time
When the Brake System Indicator
(Amber) Comes On P. 649
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 83 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
87
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
READY
Indicator
• Comes on when the vehicle is ready
to drive.
2 Turning on the Power P. 458
EV Indicator
• Comes on when the vehicle is
moved by the motor, and the
engine is not operating.
— —
EV Mode
Indicator
• Comes on when the vehicle is in EV
mode.
2 SPORT HYBRID i-MMD (intelligent
Multi Mode Drive) P. 10
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 87 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
88
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Automatic
Brake Hold
System
Indicator
• Comes on when the automatic
brake hold system is on.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 545
Automatic
Brake Hold
Indicator
• Comes on when the automatic
brake hold is activated.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 545
—
U.S.
Canada
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 88 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
89
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
• After you have set the power mode
to ON, the vehicle performs system
checks. However, if the readiness
codes have not been set by that
time, this indicator will blink five
times and then go off.
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the emissions control system.
• Blinks when a misfire in the
engine’s cylinders is detected.
• Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 667
• Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place where there are no flammable
objects. Stop the power system for 10
minutes or more, and wait for it to cool
down. Then, take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 647
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 89 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
90
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
12-Volt Battery
Charging
System
Indicator
• Comes on when the 12-volt battery
is not charging.
• Stop in a safe place and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the 12-Volt Battery Charging
System Indicator Comes On P. 646
Shift Position
Indicator
• Indicates the current shift position.
2 Shifting P. 465
—
Deceleration
Paddle Selector
Indicator
• Comes on when the selector is
pulled.
• Blinks when the effective of
deceleration does not change while
pulling the selector.
• Comes on with M when SPORT
mode is selected and pulling the
selector.
2 Deceleration Paddle Selector P. 472
—
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 90 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
93
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the ABS.
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. With this indicator
on, your vehicle still has normal braking
ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 547
Supplemental
Restraint
System
Indicator
• Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Knee airbag system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Auto High-
Beam Indicator
• Comes on when all the operating
conditions of the auto high-beam
are met.
2 Auto High-Beam P. 195
—
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 93 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
94
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
System
Indicator
●
Blinks when VSA® is active.
●
Comes on if there is a problem with
the VSA® system.
●
Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 477
●
Comes on if the VSA® system is
deactivated temporarily after the
12-volt battery has been
disconnected, then re-connected.
●
Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 94 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
95
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
OFF Indicator
• Comes on when you partially
disable VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 478
• Comes on if the VSA® system is
deactivated temporarily after the
12-volt battery has been
disconnected, then re-connected.
• Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System
Indicator
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the EPS system.
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 650
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 95 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
99
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
System
Message
Indicator
• Comes on along with a beep when
a problem is detected. A system
message on the driver information
interface appears at the same time.
• While the indicator is on, press the
(home) button to see the message again.
2 Accessing contents in the main
display P. 135
• Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears
on the driver information interface. Take
the appropriate action for the message.
• The driver information interface does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the left selector
wheel is pressed.
—
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 99 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
100
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
*1:Models without adaptive damper system
*2:Models with adaptive damper system
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
ECON Mode
Indicator
• Comes on when you press the
ECON button.
2 ECON Button P. 475
*1
*2
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 100 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
102
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator
(Amber)
• Comes on if there is a problem with
ACC with LSF.
• Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Indicator comes on temporarily
when the Maximum Load Limit is
exceeded.
• ACC with LSF has been
automatically canceled.
• Make sure the total load is within the
Maximum Load Limit.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 455
• Comes on if the ACC with LSF is
deactivated temporarily after the
12-volt battery has been
disconnected, then re-connected.
• Drive a short distance at more than 12
mph (20 km/h). The indicator should go
off. If it does not, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Indicator
(Green)
• Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with
Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 503
—
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 102 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
103
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS)
Indicator
(Amber)
• Comes on if there is a problem with
the LKAS.
• Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS)
Indicator
(Green)
• Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
P. 519
—
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 103 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
107
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Safety Support
Indicator
(Green/Gray)
• Lights up in green when RDM,
CMBS
TM
, and Blind spot
information System
*
are on.
• Lights up in green and gray when
RDM, CMBS
TM
, or Blind spot
information System
*
or any two of
these systems are off.
• Lights up in gray when RDM,
CMBS
TM
, and Blind spot
information System
*
are off.
2 RDM On and Off P. 529
2 CMBS
TM
On and Off P. 497
2 Blind spot information system on
and off P. 487
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 107 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
108
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the driver information interface. Press the (home) button, select Warnings, then press the left
selector wheel to see the message again with the system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the vehicle is no longer able to run
due to a malfunction.
• Immediately stop in a safe place.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
• Appears when there is a risk that the vehicle will
move unexpectedly after you have stopped due to a
malfunction with the vehicle.
• While the vehicle is stopped, apply the parking brake.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears when you set the power mode to ON again
and the vehicle is able to run.
2 Turning on the Power P. 458
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 108 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
109
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely
closed.
• Appears if any door or the trunk is opened while
driving. The beeper sounds.
• Disappears when all doors and the trunk are closed.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 109 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
113
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while it is in operation.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 545
2 Parking Brake P. 540
• Appears when the electric parking brake switch is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while
the electric parking brake is in operation.
• Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Parking Brake P. 540
• Appears after you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or ON.
• Appears after you unlock and open the driver’s
door.
2 Turning on the Power P. 458
Canadian models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 113 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
114
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
• Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
• Press the POWER button twice with your foot off the
brake pedal to change the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF.
• Appears when you close the door with the power
mode in ON without the smart entry remote inside
the vehicle.
• Disappears when you bring the smart entry remote
back inside the vehicle and close the door.
2 Smart Entry Remote Reminder P. 190
• Appears when the smart entry remote battery
becomes weak.
• Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 613
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 114 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
115
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if the smart entry remote battery is too
weak to turn on the power system or the key is not
within operating range to turn on the power system.
A beeper sounds six times.
• Bring the smart entry remote in front of the POWER
button to be touched with.
2 If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak P. 639
• Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the
smart entry system or push button starting system.
• Appears constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
• Appears if you press the POWER button while the
vehicle is moving.
• The message will disappear after six seconds or when
the power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 115 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
117
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while
driving.
• Immediately stop in a safe place, set the parking brake,
then restart the power system. If the message
disappears, continue driving.
• Appears if the vehicle is stopped and the driver’s seat
belt is unfastened, as there is a possibility that the
vehicle may roll.
• When the vehicle is idling or when you are parking or
exiting the vehicle, put the transmission into (P before
releasing the brake pedal.
2 Shift Operation P. 467
• Appears when you put the transmission into (N,
then release the (N button.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 469
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 117 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
118
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you try to change the shift position
without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
• Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select
a shift button.
• Appears when the (P button is pressed while the
vehicle is moving.
• Appears if you put the transmission into (R while
the vehicle is moving forward, or into
(D while the
vehicle is reversing.
• Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before
operating the select button.
• Appears when you set the power mode to ON
without fastening the driver’s seat belt.
• Appears when you change the shift position after
(P has been automatically selected with the driver’s
door open, the driver’s seat belt unfastened, then
the brake pedal is released.
• Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.
2 Shift Operation P. 467
• Appears when you try to change the shift position
without depressing the brake pedal.
• Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 118 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
119
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if you depress the accelerator pedal when
the transmission is in (N.
• Release the accelerator pedal. After that, depress the
brake pedal and change the transmission position.
• Appears when the shift is repeatedly changed
between (P and any other position.
• Wait for a while then change the shift position.
• Appears when you press and hold (N button for
more than two seconds.
• Disappears when you set the shift position to a shift
other than (N.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 469
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 119 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
121
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if there is a problem with the auto high-
beam.
• Manually operate the headlight switch, and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
• If you are driving with the high beam headlights when
this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.
• Appears if anything covers the radar sensor cover
and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in
front.
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,
snow, fog, etc.)
• When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.
2 Radar Sensor P. 539
2 Honda Sensing® P. 491
• Appears if the temperature inside the front sensor
camera is too high and some driver assist systems
cannot be activated.
• Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.
• Disappears - The camera has been cooled down and
the systems are activated normally.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 537
2 Honda Sensing® P. 491
2 Auto High-Beam P. 195
• Appears if the area around the front sensor camera
is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. and be prevented from
detecting a vehicle in front.
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,
snow, fog, etc.)
• When the front window gets dirty, stop your vehicle in
a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
does not disappear even after you cleaned the area
around the camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 537
2 Honda Sensing® P. 491
2 Auto High-Beam P. 195
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 121 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
124
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears just before the ACC with LSF is
automatically canceled when you are descending a
long hill etc. (The following interval is automatically
set to extra long).
• Appears when the ACC with LSF has been
automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 503
• Appears when you are descending a long hill etc.
and you press the RES/+ or SET/– button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 503
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 124 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
125
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the driver’s seat belt is unfastened
while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC
with LSF.
• ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 503
• Appears when pressing the SET/– button while the
driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 503
• Appears when the shift position is changed to any
position other than (D while ACC with LSF is in
operation.
• ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 503
• Appears when pressing the SET/– button while the
transmission is in any position other than
(D.
• ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 503
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 125 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
127
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while ACC with LSF is in operation.
• ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 503
2 Parking Brake P. 540
• Appears when pressing the SET/– button while the
parking brake is applied.
• ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 503
2 Parking Brake P. 540
• Appears when pressing the SET/– button while the
vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed.
• ACC with LSF cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) P. 503
• Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your
vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF.
• Immediately depress the brake pedal.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 127 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
129
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously if selected by customization.
• Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
• Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a
system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if
selected by customization.
• If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 82
• Appears if there is a problem with the adaptive
damper system.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. Your vehicle will
have normal damping ability without the adaptive
damper feature.
• Appears if the ECON mode or SPORT mode cannot
be changed due to certain situations, such as a
system error or adverse driving conditions.
2 ECON Button P. 475
2 SPORT Mode P. 471
Models with adaptive damper system
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 129 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
132
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the High Voltage battery and other
system control temperatures are too low to operate
(approx. -40°F [-40°C] or below).
• You must wait for an increase in the ambient
temperature or move the vehicle to a warmer location.
• Consult a dealer if necessary.
• Appears if the power system is in diagnostic mode. • You may notice a decrease in available power. Have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears when you failed to select EV mode or EV
mode is automatically canceled.
• The cause may be shown with the following
message:
- Battery Temperature At Limit.
- Battery Charge Too Low.
- Engine Too Cold.
- Cabin Being Heated.
- Speed Too High.
- Hard Acceleration Requested.
• EV mode is available once the condition is improved or
the cause that canceled EV mode is cleared.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 132 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
137
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
■ Sub display
Press the TRIP button to change the display.
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.
■
Odometer
Odometer
Outside Temperature
Trip A Trip B
TRIP Button
TRIP
TRIP TRIP
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 137 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
138
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
■ Resetting a trip meter
To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP Button. The trip meter
is reset to 0.0.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
■ Adjusting the outside temperature display
Adjust the temperature reading by up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading
seems incorrect.
Use the customized features in the audio/information screen to correct the
temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
■
Trip Meter
■
Outside Temperature
1Trip Meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
pressing the TRIP Button.
1Outside Temperature
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 138 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
139
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
Roll the left selector wheel to switch between trip computer A and trip computer B.
■
Range & Fuel
Left Selector Wheel
Roll
Trip Computer A
Trip Computer B
Trip Meter
Range
Average Fuel
Economy
Instant Fuel
Economy
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 139 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
140
Instrument Panel
■ Trip meter
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
Resetting a trip meter
To reset the trip meter, display it, press the left selector wheel and then select Reset.
u The trip meter is reset to 0.0.
■ Average fuel economy (Avg. Fuel)
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg or l/100 km.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel
economy is also reset.
■ Instant fuel economy
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.
■ Range
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This
estimated distance is based on the vehicle’s current fuel economy.
1Trip meter
Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by
rolling the left selector wheel.
Resetting the trip meter in the Range & Fuel, the trip
meter in the sub display resets at the same time.
1Average fuel economy (Avg. Fuel)
You can change when the average fuel economy is
reset.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 140 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
142
Instrument Panel
■ Trip meter
2 Trip meter P. 140
■ Elapsed time
Shows the time elapsed since the last time Trip A or Trip B was reset.
■ Average speed (Avg. Speed)
Shows the average speed in mph or km/h since the last time Trip A or Trip B was
reset.
1Elapsed time
You can change when to reset the elapsed time.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
1Average speed (Avg. Speed)
You can change when to reset the average speed.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 142 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
143
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Display Audio shows you turn-by-turn
directions to your destination.
When the navigation system is not providing
driving guidance, an image of a compass
appears in the driver information interface.
2 Refer to the navigation system
■
Navigation
*
1Navigation
*
Turn-by-turn directions will be shown on the driver
information interface only when your android phone
is connected to Android Auto
TM
.
You can select whether to have the turn-by-turn
display come on or not during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 378
Models with Display Audio
Compass
Turn-By-Turn Driving Directions
Models with Display Audio
Models with navigation system
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 143 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
146
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
■ Electric motor
The degree to which the electric motor is
being powered is displayed by the readings on
the POWER side.
■ Battery charge in progress
The degree to which the High Voltage battery
is being charged is displayed by the readings
on the CHARGE side.
■ Speed unit
Enables you to show another speed unit on
the driver information interface and set the
displayed measurements to read in either mph
and km/h.
Press and hold the left selector wheel when
you select Power/Charge on the driver
information interface. Each time you do this,
the unit will change from mph to km/h or vice
versa. After this, a confirmation screen will
appear for a few seconds.
■
POWER/CHARGE Gauge
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 146 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
147
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
Shows the current audio information.
2 Audio System Basic Operation P. 267
Shows the traffic sign recognition system.
2 Traffic Sign Recognition System P. 531
■
Audio
*
■
Traffic Sign Recognition System
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 147 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
151
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Shows the distance between your vehicle and
the vehicle detected ahead.
Informs you whether ACC with LSF and/or
LKAS is activated or not. If ACC with LSF is
activated, the set following interval is
displayed. If LKAS is activated, the displayed
lane marks change to indicate that LKAS is
activated.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) P. 503
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 519
■
Driving Support Information
1Driving Support Information
In case ACC with LSF is not activated, when the
distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead
becomes to small, the section behind the vehicle icon
turns amber and alerts you.
Amber gradation
Icon of vehicle ahead
Distance of vehicle ahead
When ACC with LSF and LKAS is in On
Set Vehicle Interval
ACC with LSF on: The section
behind the vehicle icon turns
green.
LKAS on: The lane outlines appear
on the display.
LKAS starts: The lane lines change
to solid ones.
LKAS suspend: The lane lines
change to dotted ones.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 151 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
152
Instrument Panel
Indicates the state of RDM, CMBS
TM
and Blind spot information System
*
, such as On,
Off, or Failure, by color and letters.
The following colors indicate the state of any of the above mentioned systems:
• Green: The system is on.
• Gray: The system is off.
• Amber: There is a problem with the system.
■
Safety Support
1Safety Support
If a system is indicated by the color amber, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
To turn on or off each system, first rotate the left
selector wheel to switch displays. From the next
display you can select which system to turn on or off.
2 RDM On and Off P. 529
2 CMBS
TM
On and Off P. 497
2 Blind spot information system on and off
P. 487
You can also confirm the state of the each function
by the color of the safety support indicator.
2 Safety Support Indicator (Amber) P. 104
2 Safety Support Indicator (Green/Gray)
P. 107
Area Info for CMBS
TM
CMBS
TM
Icon
and State Info
Area Info for
Blind spot
information
System
*
RDM Icon and
State Info
Area Info for
RDM
Blind spot
information
System Icon
and State Info
*
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 152 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
153
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
Shows the average fuel economy for the last
three driving cycles (1-3), and the current
driving cycle (0) in mpg or l/100 km.
Each time you set the power mode to ON, the
display is updated, and the oldest record is
deleted.
■
Average Fuel Economy Records
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 153 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
154
Instrument Panel
■ Eco Drive Display
The vehicle icon on the display moves forward or backward while driving.
The more aggressive the acceleration is, the further the icon moves forward.
The more aggressive the deceleration is, the further the icon moves backward.
Keep the icon near the center of the circle for better fuel economy while driving.
■
Eco Drive Display/Drive Cycle Score/Lifetime Points
1Eco Drive Display
Switch between the average fuel economy A and
average fuel economy B by rolling the left selector
wheel.
Aggressive
Deceleration
Vehicle Icon
Aggressive
Acceleration
Moderate
Deceleration
Slow
Acceleration/
Deceleration
Moderate
Acceleration
Average Fuel
Economy
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 154 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
156
Instrument Panel
Displays the power flow of the motor and engine, indicating the vehicle’s power
source and whether the battery is being charged.
■
Power Flow Monitor
1Power Flow Monitor
While the vehicle is stationary with the engine
running, the following may appear on the driver
information interface.
Power is supplied
by the motor and
the engine.
Hybrid (HV)
The engine is running
and the motor is
charging the High
Voltage battery.
Power is being
supplied by only
the engine.
Engine ON
Engine OFF
Power is supplied
by the motor.
Electric Vehicle (EV)
The engine is running
and the motor is
charging the High
Voltage battery.
Engine (Direct Drive)
Power Flow
Engine
The motor is
charging the High
Voltage battery.
Regeneration
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 156 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
157
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
*
Continued
Instrument Panel
Head-Up Display
*
Shows the current mode for ACC with LSF, POWER/CHARGE gauge, traffic sign
recognition system, shift position indicator, or turn-by-turn directions along with the
vehicle speed. You can choose which item to be displayed using the (HUD)
button on the steering wheel. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.
To turn the head-up display on and off : Press the HUD button on the driver
side control panel.
The display can be moved up and down to come level with your eyes.
To raise or lower the head-up display : Press and hold the or button until
the desired position is reached.
3
4
/ Button
3
4
HUD Button
Head-Up Display
Press and hold the button
to raise the display.
3
Press and hold the button
to lower the display.
4
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 157 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
*
160
Instrument Panel
Shows your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the degree for POWER/CHARGE as a bar graph.
Shows the current shift position.
2 Shift Position Indicator P. 90
Shows the current deceleration stage for the deceleration paddle selector.
2 Deceleration Paddle Selector Indicator P. 90
2 Shifting P. 465
Shows the current mode for ACC with LSF and the LKAS.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) P. 503
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) P. 519
■
Vehicle Speed
■
POWER/CHARGE Gauge
■
Shift Position Indicator
■
Deceleration Paddle Selector Indicator
■
Current Mode for ACC with LSF and the LKAS
1Vehicle Speed
Switch between mph and km/h by using the driver
information interface or customized features on the
audio/information screen.
2 Speed unit P. 146
2 Customized Features P. 378
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 160 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
161
uuGauges and DisplaysuHead-Up Display
*
Instrument Panel
Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the
navigation system.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Shows the traffic sign recognition system.
2 Traffic Sign Recognition System P. 531
■
Turn-by-Turn Directions
■
Traffic Sign Recognition System
1Turn-by-Turn Directions
The head-up display shows a compass when the
route guidance is not used.
You can select whether the turn-by-turn display
comes on during the route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 378
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 161 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
163
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 164
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Type and Functions ................... 166
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal Strength .... 167
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Outside .......................................... 168
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the
Inside ............................................. 174
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 176
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 177
Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 178
Security System
Immobilizer System .......................... 181
Security System Alarm...................... 181
Opening and Closing the Windows
.... 184
Moonroof
*
........................................ 187
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
POWER Button................................. 188
Turn Signals..................................... 191
Light Switches.................................. 191
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 193
Daytime Running Lights ................... 194
Auto High-Beam .............................. 195
Wipers and Washers ........................ 198
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button .. 200
Heated Windshield Button
*
............. 200
Brightness Control ........................... 201
Driving Position Memory System
*
.... 203
Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 205
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 206
Power Door Mirrors ......................... 207
Adjusting the Seats .......................... 208
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience
Items ................................................ 217
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 232
Automatic Climate Control Sensors......235
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 163 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
164
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the power
mode in ON.
1. Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK button.
u Adjust Clock is selected.
2. Rotate to change hour, then press .
3. Rotate to change minute, then press
.
4. To enter the selection, rotate and select
Set, then press .
■
Adjusting the Time
1Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 367
You can turn the clock display on and off.
2 Customized Features P. 367
Models with navigation system
Models with color audio
MENU/CLOCK Button
Selector Knob
Models with color audio
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 164 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
165
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock
Controls
1. Press the (HOME) button, then select
Settings.
2. Select System.
3. Select Day & Time.
4. Select Set Date & Time.
5. Select Automatic Date & Time, then
select OFF.
To adjust time:
6. Select Set Time.
7. Selecting / .
8. Select Save to set the time.
To adjust date:
6. Select Set Date.
7. Selecting / .
8. Select Save to set the date.
1Clock
You can also adjust the clock by touching the clock
displayed on the upper right corner of the display or
the Clock icon on the home screen.
1. Touch the clock on the display.
The clock screen of the select face-type appears.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Date & Time.
4. Select Set Date & Time.
5. Select Automatic Date & Time, then select OFF.
6. Select Set Date or Set Time.
7. Adjusting the dates, hours and minutes by
selecting / .
8. Select Save to set the time.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 378
You can customize the date display to MM/DD/
YYYY, DD/MM/YYYY or YYYY/MM/DD.
2 Customized Features P. 378
Models with Display Audio
3
4
Models with Display Audio
3
4
3
4
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 165 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
168
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the smart entry remote, you
can lock/unlock the doors, fuel fill door and
open the trunk.
You can lock/unlock the doors and fuel fill
door within a radius of about 32 inches (80
cm) of the outside door handle. You can open
the trunk within about 32 inches (80 cm)
radius from the trunk release button.
■ Locking the doors and the trunk
Touch the door lock sensor on the front door.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and trunk lock; and
the security system sets.
■
Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you unlock
the doors.
No doors opened: The light fades out after 30
seconds.
Doors relocked: The light goes off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 217
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of
unlocking the vehicle with the smart entry system,
the doors and trunk will automatically relock.
You can lock or unlock doors using the smart entry
system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.
• Do not leave the smart entry remote in the vehicle
when you get out. Carry it with you.
• Even if you are not carrying the smart entry remote,
you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else
with the remote is within range.
• The door may be locked or unlocked if the door
handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a
car wash if the smart entry remote is within range.
• If you grip a front door handle or touch a door lock
sensor wearing gloves, the door sensor may be
slow to respond or may not respond by locking or
unlocking the doors.
• After locking the door, you have up to two seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least two seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.
Door Lock
Sensor
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 168 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
171
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
To temporarily deactivate the function:
1. Set the power mode to OFF.
2. Open the driver’s door.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows:
Lock Unlock Lock Unlock.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
deactivated.
To restore the function:
• Set the power mode to ON.
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function.
• With the smart entry remote on you, move
out of the auto lock function operation
range.
• Open any door.
1Locking the doors and trunk (Walk away auto lock®)
The auto lock function does not operate when any of
the following conditions are met.
• The smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.
• A door or the hood is not closed.
• The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
• The smart entry remote is not located within a
radius of about 5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle
when you get out of the vehicle and close the
doors.
Auto lock function operation stop beeper
After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
• The smart entry remote is put inside the vehicle
through a window.
• You are located too close to the vehicle.
• The smart entry remote is put inside the trunk.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the smart entry remote. Then, open/close a
door and confirm the auto lock activation beeper
sounds once.
In the case that the smart entry remote is out of
operating range when you close a door or the trunk,
a beeper will sound to indicate that the auto lock
function has been canceled.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 171 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
173
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
If the lock or unlock button of the remote
does not work, use the key instead.
Fully insert the key and turn it.
If you do not have the key on you, or if for
some reason you cannot lock a door using the
key, you can lock the door without it.
■ Locking the front doors
Push the lock tab forward
a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.
■ Locking the rear doors
Push the lock tab forward and close the door.
■ Lockout prevention system
The doors cannot be locked when the smart entry remote is inside the vehicle.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the
other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking,
the driver’s door unlocks first. Turn the key a second
time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining
doors.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
Lock
Unlock
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors
lock at the same time.
Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
inside the vehicle.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 173 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
174
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all the other doors and the fuel fill door
lock at the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
To Unlock
Lock Tab
To Lock
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 174 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
175
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the driver’s door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors and fuel fill door.
To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to unlock,
then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off
*1
/OFF
*2
using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
*1: Models with color audio
*2: Models with Display Audio
■
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However, this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 176
Inner Handle
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 175 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
177
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks or unlocks all doors automatically when a certain condition is met.
■ Drive lock mode
All doors lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).
■ Driver’s door open mode
All doors unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the audio/
information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 177 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
178
Controls
Opening and Closing the Trunk
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk
■ Opening the trunk
Open the trunk all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.
■ Closing the trunk
Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 78
Using the Trunk Opener
Press and hold the trunk opener on the
driver’s door to unlock and open the trunk.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 659
Trunk
Opener
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 178 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
179
uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button
Controls
Using the Trunk Release Button
Push up the release button on the trunk lid
after the doors are unlocked.
2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 659
Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the
trunk if you carry the smart entry remote.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
Using the Remote Transmitter
Press the trunk release button for
approximately one second to unlock and open
the trunk.
1Using the Trunk Release Button
• If you forget the smart entry remote inside, the
beeper will sound and the trunk will not close.
• A person who is not carrying the smart entry
remote can unlock the trunk if a person who is
carrying it is within range.
• If the beeper sounds after you close the trunk,
move the smart entry remote away from the trunk
and close again.
• The smart entry remote may not operate if it is too
close to the trunk.
Trunk Release
Button
Trunk
Release
Button
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 179 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
181
Continued
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the power system. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use
electronic signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the POWER button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the POWER button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the POWER
button.
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic device, such as televisions and
audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can
become magnetic.
Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly
opened. The alarm does not activate if the trunk or doors are opened with the key,
remote transmitter or smart entry system.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key and then the hood is
opened before the power mode is set to ON.
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently, and some the exterior lights flash.
■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using the key, remote transmitter or smart entry system, or turn
the power mode to ON. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is
deactivated.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
Apply and hold the brake pedal before turning the
vehicle on the first time after the battery has been
disconnected.
Canadian models
1Security System Alarm
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system alarm deactivates.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 181 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
182
Controls
■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF.
• The hood and trunk are closed.
• All doors are locked from outside with the key, the remote transmitter, or smart
entry system.
■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks and the blinking
interval changes after about 15 seconds.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter or smart entry system, or when the power mode is set to ON. The
security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
• Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
• Opening the trunk with the trunk opener or the
emergency trunk opener.
• Opening the hood with the hood release.
If the 12-volt battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may activate
once the 12-volt battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the key, remote transmitter or
smart entry system.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 182 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
189
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button
Continued
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the 12-volt battery.
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is in ACCESSORY, a warning
beep sounds.
■
Automatic Power Off
■
Power Mode Reminder
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 189 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluPOWER Button
190
Controls
Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/
or outside the vehicle to remind you that the
smart entry remote is out of the vehicle. If the
buzzer continues even after the remote is put
back inside, place it to be within its
operational range.
■ When the power mode is in ON
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and the driver’s door is closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from both inside and
outside the vehicle. A warning message on
the driver information interface notifies the
driver inside that the remote is outside of the
vehicle.
■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the
vehicle, and all the doors are closed, a
warning buzzer sounds from outside the
vehicle.
■
Smart Entry Remote Reminder
1Smart Entry Remote Reminder
When the smart entry remote is within the system’s
operational range, and the driver’s door is closed, the
warning function cancels.
If the smart entry remote is taken out of the vehicle
after the power system has been turned on, you can
no longer change the POWER button mode or
restart the power system. Always make sure if the
remote is in your vehicle when you operate the
POWER button.
Removing the smart entry remote from the vehicle
through a window does not activate the warning
buzzer.
Do not put the smart entry remote on the dashboard
or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer
to activate. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
warning buzzer may also activate even if the remote
is within the system’s operational range.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 190 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
192
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
The headlights comes on when you unlock a
door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
■
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Light Sensor
Light Sensor
Models without automatic
intermittent wipers
Models with automatic
intermittent wipers
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 192 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
195
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Continued
Controls
Auto High-Beam
Using a camera mounted to the inside of the windshield, this system detects light
sources ahead of the vehicle. Depending on the light source, the system
automatically switches the headlights to high beam for optimal visibility at night.
1Auto High-Beam
The auto high-beam determines when to change the
headlight beams by responding to the brightness of
the lights ahead of your vehicle. In the following
cases, the system may not respond to the lights
properly:
• The brightness of the lights from the preceding or
oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
• Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,
fog, windshield frost, etc.).
• Other light sources, such as streetlights and electric
billboards are illuminating the road ahead.
• The brightness level of the road ahead constantly
changes.
• The road is bumpy or with many curves.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you, or a vehicle in front
of you is not in the preceding or oncoming
direction.
• Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.
If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient
for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
If you do not want the system to be activated at any
time when the headlight switch is in AUTO, consult a
dealer or disable the system.
2 Disabling or Re-enabling the System P. 197
■ The headlight switch is in AUTO.
■ The lever is in the low beam
position.
■ The low beams are on and the
system recognizes that you are
driving at night.
■ The vehicle speed is above 25 mph
(40 km/h).
The system operates when:
When the camera detects no lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle,
the headlights change to high beam.
The view angle or distance that the camera can detect lights ahead differs
depending on conditions, such as the brightness of the lights and the weather.
How it works
When the camera detects lights coming from a preceding or oncoming vehicle, the
headlights remain in low beam.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 195 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
196
Controls
To activate the system, turn the headlight
switch to AUTO and then set the headlights
to low beam. The auto high-beam indicator
will come on.
2 Light Switches P. 191
The high beams remain on unless:
• You have been driving below 15 mph (24 km/h) for an extended amount of time.
• The speed of the vehicle drops below 6 mph (10 km/h).
• The windshield wipers have been running at a high speed for more than a few
seconds.
• You enter a well lit location.
The high beams come back on once the condition that caused them to turn off no
longer exists.
If needed, you can temporarily turn the system off manually. Turn on the high
beams by pushing the lever forward until you hear a click, or flash the high beams
once by pulling the lever toward you. To turn the system back on, pull and hold the
lever toward you for a few seconds.
■
Operating the System
1Operating the System
For the auto high-beam to work properly:
• Do not place an object that reflects light on the
dashboard.
• Keep the windshield around the camera clean.
• When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to
apply the windshield cleanser to the camera lens.
• Do not attach an object or film to the area around
the camera.
• Do not touch the camera lens.
If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of
the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed toward the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Headlight Switch
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 196 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
197
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
Controls
Disable or re-enable the system when the
vehicle is parked and the power mode is in ON
and the light switch is in the AUTO position.
Disabling the system: Pull the light switch
lever toward you and hold it for at least 40
seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in the
meter will blink twice.
Re-enabling the system: Pull the light
switch lever toward you and hold it for at least
30 seconds. The auto high-beam indicator in
the meter will blink once.
■
Disabling or Re-enabling the System
1Disabling or Re-enabling the System
The auto high-beam is in the previously selected
disabled or re-enabled setting each time you turn the
power system on.
AUTO Position
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 197 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
198
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT
*1
/AUTO
*2
, LO,
HI)
Move the lever up or down to change the
wiper settings.
■ Adjusting wiper operation
*
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper
operation.
■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
*1: Models with manual intermittent operation
*2: Models with automatic intermittent operation
■
Windshield Wiper/Washer
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster or heated windshield
*
to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.
Models with intermittent time adjustment ring
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
*
MIST
INT
*1
/AUTO
*2
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 198 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
200
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Controls
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door
mirror button to defog the rear window and
mirrors when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirror
automatically switches off after 10-30
minutes depending on the outside
temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, it does not automatically
switch off.
Heated Windshield Button
Press the heated windshield button to deice
the windshield when the power mode is in
ON.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged. Also, do not
use the system for a long time while the power
system is stopped. This may weaken the 12-volt
battery, making it difficult to turn the power system
on.
When the power mode is set to ON and the outside
temperature is below 41°F (5°C), the heated door
mirror may automatically activate for 10 minutes.
Canadian models
1Heated Windshield Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been deiced. Also, do not use
the system for a long period when the power system
is stopped. This may weaken the 12-volt battery,
making it difficult to turn the power system on.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 200 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
201
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Continued
Controls
Brightness Control
When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the brightness control dial to adjust
instrument panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the dial up.
Dim: Turn the dial down.
You will hear a beeper when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after you have adjusted the
brightness, you will be returned to the
previous screen.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the driver
information interface while you are adjusting
it.
■
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Brightness
1Brightness Control
Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on
whether the exterior lights are on or off. The
instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are
on.
To cancels the reduced instrument panel brightness
when the exterior lights are on, turn the dial up until
the brightness display is up to max, the beeper
sounds.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
Control Dial
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 201 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
202
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
When the head-up display is on, press and
hold the HUD button until its brightness level
indicator on the driver information interface.
Brighten: Press the button.
Dim: Press the button.
Several seconds after you have adjusted the
brightness or press the HUD button, you will
be returned to the previous screen.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the driver
information interface while you are adjusting
it.
■
Adjusting the Head-Up Display Brightness
*
/ Button
3
4
HUD Button
3
4
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 202 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
203
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
*
Continued
Controls
Driving Position Memory System
*
You can store two driver’s seat (except for power lumbar) with the driving position
memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, or smart
entry system, the seat adjusts to retracted positions of one of the two preset
positions automatically.
The seat will move to the stored position when you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY.
When you enter the vehicle, the driver information interface briefly shows you which
remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
The driver’s seat moves rearward depending
on the set seating position once you
• Stop the vehicle.
• Put the transmission in
(P.
• Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
• Then open the driver’s door.
Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY
position, the driver’s seat moves forward to
the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.
1Driving Position Memory System
*
Using the audio/information screen, you can disable
the automatic seat adjustment function.
2 Customized Features P. 378
The driver’s seat easy exit feature can be turned ON/
OFF.
2 Customized Features P. 378
System Operation
The system will not operate if:
• The vehicle speed is above 2 mph (3 km/h).
• Either memory position button is pressed while the
seat is in motion.
• The seat position is adjusted while in operation.
• The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.
DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 203 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
205
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down.
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up
to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
To adjust
To lock
Lever
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 205 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
209
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Continued
Controls
■ Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch
*
Press the top: To move the lumbar support
up.
Press the bottom: To move the lumbar
support down.
Press the front: To increase the entire
lumbar support.
Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar
support.
Lumbar
Support
Adjustment
Switch
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 209 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
211
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Controls
Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.
Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 211 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
212
uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats
Controls
Rear Seats
1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the
guide.
2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release
the lock.
3. Fold the seat-back down.
■
Folding Down the Rear Seats
1Folding Down the Rear Seats
The rear seat-backs can be folded down to
accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.
Never drive with the seat-back folded down and the
trunk lid open.
2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 78
To lock a seat-back upright, push it backwards until it
locks.
When returning the seat-back to its original position,
push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder
belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the
center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.
Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press
against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the
weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work
improperly.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator P. 63
Make sure all items in the trunk or items
extending through the opening into the rear
seat is properly secured. Loose items can fly
forward if you have to brake hard.
The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they
do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold
down.
Guide
Center
Shoulder Belt
Release Lever
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 212 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
217
Continued
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
• When any of the doors are opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF.
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors are open or closed.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
• When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
• When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF but
do not open a door.
You can change the interior lights dimming time.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
• When you lock the driver’s door.
• When you set the power mode to ON.
• When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
If you leave any of the doors open in VEHICLE OFF
mode, the interior lights go off after about 15
minutes.
To avoid draining the 12-volt battery, do not leave
the interior light on for an extended length of time
when the power system is off.
Door Activated Position
Off
Door Activated
Position
On
Off
Front
*
Rear
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 217 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
218
Controls
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses.
When the parking lights are on, push the
ambient light switch to turn the ambient lights
on.
■
Map Lights
1Map Lights
When the interior light switch is in the door activated
position and any door is open, the map light will not
go off when you press the lens.
Models with moonroof
■
Ambient Lights
*
Ambient Lights
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 218 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
219
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box.
You can lock the glove box with the built-in
key.
Push the cover to open the pocket.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
Glove Box
Handle
To Lock
■
Center Pocket
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 219 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
220
Controls
Pull the handle to open the console
compartment.
■ Removable tray
The tray in the console compartment is
detachable. Pull up the tray to remove it.
■
Console Compartment
1Console Compartment
The console compartment light
*
comes on when the
parking lights are on.
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 220 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
223
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
or ON.
■ Center pocket
Open the cover to use it.
■ Console compartment
Open the console lid and the cover to use it.
■
Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element. This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12-volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.
To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket
with the power system on.
When both sockets are being used, the combined
power rating of the accessories should not exceed
180 watts (15 amps).
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 223 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
224
Controls
To use the wireless charger, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Charge a compatible device on the area indicated by the mark as follows:
1. To turn the system on and off, press and
hold the (power) button.
u When the system is activated, the green
indicator light comes on.
2. Place the device you want to charge on the
charging area.
u The system will automatically start
charging the device, and the amber
indicator light will come on.
u Make sure that the device is compatible
with the system, and placed with the
chargeable side in the center of the
charging area.
3. When charging is completed, the green
indicator light will come on.
u Depending on the device, the amber
indicator light will stay on.
■
Wireless Charger
*
1Wireless Charger
*
FCC statement
This product complies with the appropriate
requirements or the required standards of FCC
(Federal Communication Commission), described
below:
This device complies with Part 18 of the FCC rules.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate
radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used
per the instructions, may cause harmful interference
to radio communications.
In order to use safely:
• Remove any metal objects from the charge pad
before charging a device.
• Do not open the charger case.
• Do not use the charger if it malfunctions. Contact
your dealer.
If the charger interferes with radio communications,
attempt to correct the interference:
• Press and hold the switch on the charger for a few
seconds to turn off the charger.
appears on the audio/information screen when
the device is being charged by the wireless charger.
Green Indicator
Amber Indicator
Charging Area
(Power)
Button
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 224 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
229
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
When the power mode is turned on after it is
turned off, the previous setting of front seat
heaters is maintained.
■
Front Seat Heaters
*
1Front Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12-
volt battery may be weakened, making the power
system difficult to start.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the front seat heaters will automatically be reduced
by one level at a time until the front seat heaters
shuts off. The elapsed time varies according to the
interior environment.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 229 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
230
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters or ventilation.
Press the seat heater or the seat ventilation
button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
When the power mode is turned on after it is
turned off, the previous setting of front seat
heaters is maintained.
■
Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation
*
1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation
*
Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation
even in LO when the power system is off. Under such
conditions, the 12-volt battery may be weakened,
making the power system difficult to start.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the front seat heaters will automatically be reduced
by one level at a time until the front seat heaters
shuts off. The elapsed time varies according to the
interior environment.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 230 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
231
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.
There is no heater in the rear center seating
position.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
■
Rear Seat Heaters
*
1Rear Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
power system is off. Under such conditions, the 12-
volt battery may be weakened, making the power
system difficult to start.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the rear seat heaters will automatically be reduced by
one level at a time until the rear seat heaters shuts
off. The elapsed time varies according to the interior
environment.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 231 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
234
Controls
You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side and the passenger
side in synchronization mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system will switch to the synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using driver’s side temperature control dial.
Press the SYNC button or adjust the interior temperature using the passenger’s side
temperature control dial to return to dual mode.
■
Synchronization Mode
1Synchronization Mode
When you press the button, the system changes
to synchronization mode.
When the system is in dual mode, the driver side
temperature and the passenger side temperature can
be set separately.
Driver’s Side
Temperature Control
Dial
Passenger’s Side
Temperature Control
Dial
SYNC Button
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 234 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
238
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio
*
service. It can also
play USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons and knobs on the panel, the
remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the touchscreen interface
*
.
1About Your Audio System
iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio
*
,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 345
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM®
*
is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio
*
, Inc.
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash Drive
*1
*2
*1: Models with color audio
*2: Models with Display Audio
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 238 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
239
uuAudio SystemuUSB Port(s)
Continued
Features
USB Port(s)
Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port.
■ In the Center Pocket
The USB port (1.0A) is for playing audio files
on a USB flash drive, connecting a cellular
phone and charging devices.
The USB port (2.5A) is for charging devices,
playing audio files and connecting compatible
phones with Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
u To prevent any potential issues, be sure
to use an Apple MFi Certified Lightning
Connector for Apple CarPlay, and for
Android Auto, the USB cables should be
certified by USB-IF to be compliant with
USB 2.0 Standard.
1USB Port(s)
• Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
• We recommend using an extension cable with the
USB port.
• Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
• Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
• We recommend backing up your data before using
the device in your vehicle.
• Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
The USB port can supply up to 1.0A/2.5A of power. It
does not output 1.0A/2.5A unless the device
requests.
For amperage details, read the operating manual of
the device that needs to be charged.
Set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the
port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.
USB charge
Models
with
color
audio
Models
with
Display
Audio
In the Center Pocket
Models with color audio
Models with Display Audio
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 239 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
241
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power knob for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 241 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
243
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on
the driver information interface or head-up display
*
.
VOL(+/VOL(- (Volume) Buttons
Press VOL(+: To increase the volume.
Press VOL
(-: To decrease the volume.
Left Selector Wheel
• When selecting the audio mode
Press the (home) button, then roll up or down to select Audio on the driver
information interface, and then press the left selector wheel.
1Audio Remote Controls
Press the (back) button for the driver
information interface to go back to the previous
screen or cancel a command.
Press the (home) button to go back to the home
screen of the driver information interface.
Models with Display Audio
Models with Display Audio
VOL(+/VOL(- (Volume) Buttons
Left Selector Wheel
(home) Button
/
(Seek/Skip)
Buttons
(back)
Button
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 243 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
244
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
Roll up or down:
FM
AM
SiriusXM®
*
USB1
USB2
Bluetooth® Audio
Smartphone Connection
(Apple CarPlay/Android Auto)
To cycle through the audio modes, roll up or down
and then press the left selector wheel:
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 244 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
245
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold : To select the next strong station.
Press and hold : To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio, or Smartphone
Connection
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a USB flash drive
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 245 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
248
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■ Trip computer (Current Drive)
Shows the range, and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy from your last trip.
■ Trip computer (History of Trip A)
Shows the average fuel economy and distance traveled for the current trip, as well
as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving
cycles.
Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The
history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.
■ Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
■ Change display
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press .
4. Rotate to select Clock/Wallpaper, then press .
u If you want to return to the audio display, select Audio.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 248 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
254
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select the station, then press .
■ Update List
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select Update List, then press .
■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select RDS Settings, then press .
4. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .
To turn off scan, press .
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 242
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
the preset memory. FM1 and FM2 let you store 6
stations each.
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 254 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
255
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Continued
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB Port, then press the MEDIA
button.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
Audio/Information Screen
MEDIA Button
Press to select iPod (if connected).
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to change songs.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Play Button
Press to resume a song.
Album Art
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
(Back) button
Press to go back to the previous display
or cancel a setting.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change songs.
Press and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
Play Mode Buttons
Press to select a play mode.
Pause Button
Press to pause a song.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 255 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
256
Features
1. Press to display the iPod music list.
2. Rotate to select a category.
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen is
displayed.
■
How to Select a Song from the iPod Music List with the
Selector Knob
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 340
Category
Selection
Item
Selection
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 256 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
257
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song.
Available mode icons appear above the play
mode buttons.
Press the button corresponding to the mode
you want to select.
■ To turn off a play mode
Press the selected button.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in
a selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
genres, or composers) in random order.
Shuffle All: Plays all available songs in a
selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
genres, or composers) in random order.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current song.
You can also select a play mode by pressing the
MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
press .
Play Mode Buttons
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 257 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
260
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then press the MEDIA button.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
Audio/Information Screen
MEDIA Button
Press to select USB flash drive (if
connected).
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Selector Knob
Turn to change files.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive is
connected.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous display.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change tracks.
Press and hold to move rapidly
within a track.
Play Mode Buttons (1-6)
Press to select a play mode.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 260 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
263
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Continued
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 406
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there will be a delay before the system begins to play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
MENU/CLOCK
Button
Press to display
the menu items.
MEDIA Button
Bluetooth Audio mode
(if connected)
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
VOL/ (Volume/Power)
Knob
Press to turn the audio
system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Audio/Information Screen
Play Button (Preset 1)
Press to resume a file.
Pause Button (Preset 2)
Press to pause a file.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Selector Knob
Turn to change groups.
Press, and then turn to
select an item. After
that, press again to
make your selection.
/ (Seek/
Skip) Buttons
Press or
to change files.
Press and hold to
move rapidly
within a file.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 263 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
265
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Press to display the music search list.
2. Rotate to select a category.
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen is
displayed.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the
Selector Knob
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the Selector
Knob
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the categories may not be displayed.
Item
Selection
Category
Selection
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 265 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
267
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
(Home) Button: Press to go to the home
screen.
2 Switching the Display P. 135
(Back) Button: Press to go back to the
previous display when it is displayed.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons: Press to
change songs.
(Clock) Button
*
: Press to display the clock
screen.
(Map) Button
*
: Press to display the map
screen.
(Phone) Button: Press to display the
phone screen.
(Audio) Button: Press to display the
current audio information.
SOURCE Button: Press to display the source
select screen.
Selector Knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices.
Press to set your selection.
(Day/Night) Button: Press to change
the audio/information screen brightness.
Press once and select or to make
an adjustment.
u Each time you press , the mode
switches among the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the Selector Knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Selector Knob
When the list is not displayed, songs, frequency, etc.
can be changed.
While connected to Apple CarPlay, it changes as
follows:
• Pressing the Phone Button, display the Apple
CarPlay phone screen.
• Pressing the Audio Button, display the Apple
CarPlay audio screen.
Models with Display Audio
(Day/Night) Button
(Home) Button
(Back) Button
(Audio) Button
Selector
Knob
(Phone) Button
SOURCE
Button
/
(Seek/Skip)
Buttons
(Clock) Button
*
/
(Map) Button
*
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 267 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
273
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
Display Color of indicators Vehicle’s Condition
Blue and Green
Power is being supplied
directly by the engine and
the High Voltage battery is
being charged by the
engine-driven generator.
Green
The High Voltage battery is
being charged through
regenerative braking.
Green
The High Voltage battery is
being charged by the
engine-driven generator.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 273 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
274
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port
in the center pocket or console
compartment.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
2. Select Clock.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Clock Faces.
5. Select Add New Wallpaper.
u The Searching... screen is displayed.
6. Import a desired picture.
u Multiple pictures can be imported at the
same time.
7. Select Start Import.
u The display will return to the Clock Faces
screen.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
The wallpaper you set up on Clock Faces cannot be
displayed on the driver information interface.
• The file name must be fewer than 255 characters.
• The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
• If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
• Up to five pictures can be imported.
• The maximum image size is 1,920 × 936 pixels. If
the image size is less the image is displayed in the
middle of the screen with the extra area appearing
in black.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 274 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
278
Features
■ To move icons on the home screen
You can change location on the home screen.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
3. Select Done.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
1To move icons on the home screen
Select Tips to show tips. To hide them, select it again.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 278 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
284
Features
■ How to update
When the audio system update is available, the notification is shown on the audio/
information screen. Use the following procedure to update the system.
1. Press the button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select via Wireless.
u If a notification is displayed on the
screen, the screen of step 5 will be
displayed.
4. Select Download Now.
u A notification appears on the screen.
1How to update
You can update the system via Wi-Fi, but cannot use
the captive portal that require login or agreement the
terms of use on the browser.
Your download will be canceled if:
• Your Wi-Fi connection is severed.
• You turn off the ignition when the battery is low on
power.
Your download will recommence the next time a Wi-
Fi connection is established.
Notification
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 284 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
286
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Features
■ Automatic download settings
Use the following procedure to change to the automatic download setting.
1. Press the button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Auto Download.
5. Select the access point, then Yes.
■ View a version and update status
Use the following procedure to confirm the version and update status.
1. Press the button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Version Status.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 286 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
287
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Features
■ Download the update files from the server
1. Press the button.
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select via USB.
u A notification appears on the screen.
4. Connect a USB device into the USB port in
the center pocket or console compartment.
u The inventory data is copied into the USB
device.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
5. Remove the USB device from the USB port.
6. Connect the USB device into your
computer, and then download the update
files.
u Follow the link to download the required
software update files. Refer to
https://usb.honda.com for instructions.
■
How to Update with a USB Device
1How to Update with a USB Device
A USB device with a minimum of 8 GB of free space
or more is recommended.
Be sure to delete any previous inventory or update
files from the USB before starting the USB update
process.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 287 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
291
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Select the current source icon, then select an icon on the source list or use the
SOURCE button to switch the audio source.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
■
Selecting an Audio Source
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
*
Select the source icon
Source Select Screen
Source List Icons
SOURCE Button
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 291 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
292
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
Voice Control Operation
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation.
The voice control system uses the (talk) and (back) buttons on the steering
wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling.
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands.
Available voice commands.
2 Voice Portal Screen P. 293
• Close the windows and moonroof
*
.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone
on the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a clear, natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
■
Voice Recognition
1Voice Control Operation
When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks
what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 292 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
297
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn
off scan, select Stop or .
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Select Station List to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select the station.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select Station List to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select Refresh.
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn
off scan, select Stop or .
■
Scan
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 297 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
298
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Displays the subchannel list when an HD Radio
TM
station is selected while listening to
an FM station.
1. Select HD Radio Channels.
2. Select the channel number.
Change the AM/FM settings.
1. Select Settings.
2. Select an option.
• HD Radio: Automatically choose a digital or an analog channel, or listen to
analog only.
• Artwork: Turns the artwork display on and off.
■
HD Subchannel
■
AM/FM Settings
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 298 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
302
Features
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected.
1. Select Channel List.
2. Select Featured Favorite.
■
Listening to Featured Channels
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to ten featured channels by SiriusXM® can be
displayed.
Featured channel lists are at the top of the channel
list.
To switch the sorting method, select Number or
Name on the upper right of the screen.
Select Keypad to use the on-screen keyboard for
entering the channel number directly.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 302 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
305
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
You can receive traffic and weather information.
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Traffic & Weather Now Setup.
3. Select Selected City.
4. Select the region.
■
Traffic and Weather Information
1Traffic and Weather Information
When traffic and weather information is received, a
notification is displayed in the header area.
2 Status Area P. 281
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 305 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
310
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
Playing an iPod
Using your USB connector, connect the iPod to the USB ports, then select the USB
mode.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Track Buttons
Press or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power) Knob
Push to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Cover Art
Audio/Information Screen
Play/Pause Icon
Sound Icon
Select to display the sound
settings.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeat the current file.
Track Icons
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly within a song.
Browse Icon
Select to display the menu items.
Shuffle Icon
Select to play all files in the current
category in random order.
Selector Knob
Turn to change songs.
Press, and then turn to select an
item. After that, press again to
make your selection.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 310 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
311
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Select Browse.
2. Select a search category (e.g., Artists,
Albums, etc.).
3. Continue making selections until you find
the song of your choice.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 340
If you operate the music app on your iPhone/iPod
while the phone is connected to the audio system,
you may no longer be able to operate the same app
on the audio/information screen.
Reconnect the device if necessary.
If an iPhone is connected via Apple CarPlay, the iPod/
USB source will be unavailable and audio files on the
phone will be playable only within Apple CarPlay.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 311 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
312
Features
You can select shuffle and repeat modes when playing a file.
■ Shuffle/Repeat
Select shuffle or repeat icon repeatedly until a
desired mode.
■ To turn off a play mode
Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Shuffle
Shuffle off: Shuffle mode to off.
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available songs in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers) in random order.
Repeat
Repeat off: Repeat mode to off.
Repeat Song: Repeats the current song.
Repeat all: Repeats all available songs in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres,
or composers).
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 312 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
313
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays audio files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB ports, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
Seek Buttons
Press or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power) Knob
Push to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Audio/Information Screen
Play/Pause Icon
Sound Icon
Select to display the sound
settings.
Repeat Icon
Select to repeat the current file.
Track Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly within a track.
Browse Icon
Select to display the menu items.
Random Icon
Select to play all files in the current
category in random order.
Selector Knob
Turn to change files.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 313 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
314
Features
1. Select Browse.
2. Select a search category (e.g., Artists,
Albums, etc.).
3. Continue making selections until you find
the song of your choice.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 345
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays The selected file cannot
be played, then skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 340
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 314 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
316
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 429
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For
a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink
or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
It may be illegal to perform some data device
functions while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
The connected phone for Bluetooth® Audio can be
different.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to
play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone
will be unavailable. However, you can have a second
previously paired phone stream Bluetooth® Audio by
selecting from the Bluetooth® device list.
2 Phone Setup P. 429
Audio/Information Screen
(Back)
Button
Press to go
back to the
previous
display.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/
Power) Knob
Push to turn the audio
system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Selector Knob
Turn to change groups. Press,
and then turn to select an item.
After that, press again to make
your selection.
Play/Pause Icon
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
Track Icons
Select or to change tracks.
Browse Icon
Select to display
the menu items.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 316 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
317
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to the system.
2 Phone Setup P. 429
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
Select the play/pause icon.
1. Select Browse.
2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
3. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
You can change the connected phone by selecting
Change Device.
2 Phone Setup P. 429
■
Searching for Music
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 317 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
322
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® Service
*
Features
HondaLink® Service
*
Is a subscription-based service that provides convenient features such as voice
communication in case of emergency, online security, and one-on-one operator
assistance.
■ Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle automatically will attempt to
connect to the HondaLink® operator. If
connected, information about your vehicle, its
location, and its condition can be sent to the
operator
*1
; you also can speak to the operator
when connected.
IMPORTANT: In a crash, HondaLink® will attempt to notify emergency services but
NEITHER HONDA NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT SUCH
NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.
Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink® services at any time or for any
reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in, or
obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental
regulation.
*1: Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicle’s location may not
be sent to the operator.
■
In Case of Emergency
1HondaLink® Service
*
HondaLink® also provides services you can operate
from the Internet or your smartphone.
To subscribe to HondaLink®, or to get more
information about all of its features, contact an
Honda dealer, or visit hondalink.honda.com
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
operator if the battery level is low, the line is
disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular
coverage.
You cannot use this emergency services when:
• You travel outside the HondaLink® service coverage
areas.
• There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
itself.
You cannot operate other phone-related functions
using the screen while talking to the operator.
Only the operator can terminate the connection to
your vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 322 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
323
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® Service
*
Features
■ Manual operator connection
If you need to talk to the HondaLink® operator
in a situation where no airbag has deployed,
you can manually connect to them by pressing
the ASSIST button with the power mode in
ACCESSORY or ON.
1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling
console.
2. Press the ASSIST button.
u You are connected to the HondaLink®
operator.
1Manual operator connection
Do not press the button while driving. When you
need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a
safe place.
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
If necessary, the cover can be broken to access the
ASSIST button.
ASSIST Button
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 323 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
325
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® Service
*
Features
Connect to the HondaLink® operator when trying to find a destination or for
roadside assistance.
1. Press the LINK button.
u Connection to the operator begins.
2. Talk to the operator.
u To disconnect, select Hang Up on the
audio/information screen or press the
button on the steering wheel.
■
Operator Assistance
1Operator Assistance
Remain attentive to road conditions and driving
during operator assistance.
If you want to add or renew a subscription, call the
Operator Assistance.
1. Press the button.
2. Select HondaLink.
3. Select HondaLink Subscription Status.
LINK Button
Audio/information screen when
connected to the HondaLink®
operator.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 325 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink® Service
*
326
Features
Your subscribed telematics service provider can check your vehicle’s condition.
■ Virtual Dashboard
You can remotely check the mileage, fuel range, and oil life in your app.
■ Remote start and stop the engine
You can remotely start and stop engine using your app as same as the smart entry
key.
■ Geofence Alert
You can receive a notification anytime your vehicle enters or leaves a region set by
you.
■ Speed Alert
You can receive a notification when your vehicle has exceeded a speed limit set by
you.
■ Personal Data Wipe
You can reset your audio and navigation system settings to factory defaults with the
app.
■ Wi-Fi hotspot
Vehicle provides 4G LTE network environment as Wi-Fi router to use tablet or
smartphone in your vehicle.
■
Convenient Features
1Convenient Features
The contact information of your provider, your user
ID and PIN will be given when you subscribe to
HondaLink®. If you forget any of the above, contact a
Honda dealer, or go to hondalink.honda.com.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 326 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
327
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
Continued
Features
Wi-Fi Connection
You can connect the audio system to the Internet using Wi-Fi on the audio/
information screen. If your phone has wireless hotspot capabilities, the system can
be tethered to the phone. Use the following steps to setup.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Connections.
4. Select Wi-Fi.
5. Select Change Mode.
6. Select Network or Hotspot, then
Confirm.
u To change the Wi-Fi settings, select
Network Options or HotSpot
Options.
u Select the access point you want to
connect to the system.
7. Select Connect.
u Enter a password for the access point,
and select Done.
u When the connection is successful, the
icon is displayed on the list.
8. Press the button to go back to the home
screen.
■
Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
1Wi-Fi Connection
Wi-Fi and Wi-Fi Direct a registered trademark of Wi-Fi
Alliance®.
1Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
You cannot go through the setting procedure while a
vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to set the audio
system in Wi-Fi mode.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
subscription package.
Check your phone manual to find out if the phone
has Wi-Fi connectivity.
You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or
off with the icon on the Wi-Fi network list.
Transmission speed and others will not be displayed
on this screen.
In case of Wi-Fi connection with your phone, make
sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is in access point
(tethering) mode.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 327 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
331
uuAudio System Basic OperationuNear Field Communication (NFC)
*
Features
1. Press the button.
2. Select NFC Manager or touch the NFC
logo near the glove box with the NFC tag of
your phone.
3. Select Transfer Image.
4. Open the photo you want to transfer on
your phone, then select Next.
5. Touch the NFC logo near the glove box with
the NFC tag of your phone.
6. Select the photo on your phone.
7. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Wallpaper.
■
Image Transfer for the Wallpaper
1Image Transfer for the Wallpaper
The wallpaper you set up on Clock Faces cannot be
displayed on the driver information interface.
• The file name must be fewer than 255 characters.
• The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
• If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No files detected message appears.
• Up to five pictures can be imported.
• The maximum image size is 1,920 × 936 pixels. If
the image size is less the image is displayed in the
middle of the screen with the extra area appearing
in black.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 331 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
332
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri® Eyes Free
Features
Siri® Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using to press and hold the (Talk) button on the steering
wheel when your iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 429
■
Using Siri® Eyes Free
1Siri® Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
While driving we recommend only using Siri through
the button on the steering wheel (Siri Eyes Free).
1Using Siri® Eyes Free
Some commands only work with specific phone
features or apps.
(Talk) Button
Press and hold until the display
changes as shown.
(Back) Button
Press to deactivate Siri.
While in Siri Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands
appear.
Appears when Siri is
activated in Siri Eyes Free
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 332 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
TM
334
Features
■ Maps
Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your
iPhone.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the USB port, use the
following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the
transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed,
and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need
to consent to the sharing of this information on the audio/information screen.
■ Enabling Apple CarPlay
Check the checkbox.
Enable: Allows this consent.
Disable: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Connections settings menu.
■
Setting Up Apple CarPlay
1Apple CarPlay
TM
Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an
active cellular connection and data plan. Your
carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Apple
CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services.
Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple
homepage for information on compatible apps.
Models with navigation system
1Setting Up Apple CarPlay
You can also use the method below to set up Apple
CarPlay:
Select HOMESettingsConnectionsSmartphone
ConnectionApple CarplaySelect deviceEdit
Device Permissions
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is
governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and
Apple’s Privacy Policy.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 334 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
335
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
TM
Features
Press and hold the (Talk) button to activate Siri.
■
Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for
Siri:
• What movies are playing today?
• Call dad at work.
• What song is this?
• How’s the weather tomorrow?
• Read my latest email.
• Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit
www.apple.com/ios/siri.
(Talk) Button:
Press and hold to activate Siri.
Press again to deactivate Siri.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 335 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
336
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
Features
Android Auto
TM
When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the USB port, Android
Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto, you can use the
audio/information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation), Google
Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android Auto, a tutorial
will appear on the screen.
We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using
Android Auto.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 338
1Android Auto
TM
To use Android Auto, you need to download the
Android Auto app from Google Play to your
smartphone.
Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are
compatible with Android Auto.
Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto
phone.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android
phone to Android Auto and when launching any
compatible apps.
To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the
USB port located in the center pocket or the console
compartment. The USB ports located on the rear of
the center console
*
will not enable Android Auto
operation.
2 USB Port(s) P. 239
To directly access the Android Auto phone function,
press Phone on the home screen.
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 338
When your Android phone is connected to Android
Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.
However, other previously paired phones can stream
audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is
connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 429
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 336 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
337
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
Features
a Maps (Navigation)
Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your
Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard
entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other
inputs.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
The audio/Information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your
destination.
b Phone (Communication)
Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
c Google Now (Home screen)
Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear
just when they’re needed.
■
Android Auto Menu
1Android Auto
TM
For details on countries and regions where Android
Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to
function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.
Android Auto Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone
with an active cellular connection and data plan.
Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Android
Auto functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Android Auto functionality and services.
Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Android Auto performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android
Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
: Go back to
the home screen
Android Auto icon
6
Models with navigation system
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 337 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
TM
338
Features
d Music and audio
Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto.
To switch between music apps, press this icon.
e Go back to the Home Screen.
f Voice
Operate Android Auto with your voice.
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the USB port, Android Auto is
automatically initiated.
■ Enabling Android Auto
Check the checkbox.
Enable: Allows this consent.
Disable: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Connections settings menu.
■
Auto Pairing Connection
1Enabling Android Auto
Only initialize Android Auto when you safely parked.
When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will
need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is
possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came
with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android
Auto settings after you have completed the initial
setup:
Select HOMESettingsConnectionsSmartphone
ConnectionAndroid AutoSelect deviceEdit
Device Permissions
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is
governed by the Google’s Privacy Policy.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 338 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
340
Features
Audio Error Messages
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:Models with color audio
*2:Models with Display Audio
Error Message Solution
USB Error
Please check owners manual
*1
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then
turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that
caused the error.
Unsupported Ver
*1
Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported
iPod is connected, update the iPod software to the newer version.
Connect Retry
*1, *2
Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
Unplayable File
*1, *2
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are copyright protected or an
unsupported format. This error message appears for about three seconds, then plays
the next song.
No Song
*1
No Data
*2
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
Unsupported
*1, *2
Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported
device is connected, reconnect the device.
Appears when unsupported formats are in the device. Check that compatible files
are stored on the device.
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 340 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
342
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Pandora®
If an error occurs while playing Pandora®, you may see the following error messages.
If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
Error Message Solution
No Device Connected
Appears when no device is connected.
Check the Bluetooth® and USB connection.
No Data
Appears when no data is available with Pandora® activated. Reboot the app and
reconnect the device.
To begin listening, select a station from the
stations list.
Appears when any station is not selected. Select a station from the station list on the
device.
PANDORA ver unsupport.
Appears when Pandora® version is not supported. Update Pandora® to the latest
version.
No station list on device.
Use device to create station.
Appears when there is no station list on the device. Use the device to create a
station.
PANDORA system maintenance Appears when the Pandora® server is in maintenance. Try again later.
Unable to play PANDORA. When stopped,
log-in to PANDORA.
Appears you do not log in to Pandora®. Log in to Pandora®.
No network connectivity.
Appears when the network is deteriorated. Move the vehicle and check the
reception of the signal.
Unable to play PANDORA. Please try again
later.
Appears when sending of the data fails for 10 times and the device may have a
malfunction. Try again later. Move the vehicle and check the reception of the signal.
Models with color audio
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 342 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
343
uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora®
Features
Error Message Solution
Unable to play PANDORA. Music licensing
restricts play in this area.
Appears when the vehicle is in the restricted area to listen the music. Move the
vehicle and check the reception of the signal.
USB Error
Please check owners manual
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. If there is any problem with the
connected device itself, the audio system may not be able to detect it. Contact a
dealer.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 343 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
344
uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps
Features
Android/Apps
If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error
occurs.
Error Message Solution
Unfortunately, **** has stopped.
*1
Error has occurred within app, select OK on the screen to close the app.
**** is not responding. Would you like to
close it?
*1
App is not responding.
Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a little longer. If it does not
respond even if you keep waiting, select OK to close the app and start it up. If the
error message continues, perform Factory Data Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 396
Models with Display Audio
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 344 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
345
Features
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
*
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the screen, select Channel to 0.
2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM® website to
subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the audio remote controls on the steering
wheel, or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.
Channel **** is not subscribed. Call SiriusXM to subscribe.
*1
:
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
Subscription Updated:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
Channel Not Available:
No such channel exits, or the artist or title information is unavailable.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Check Tuner:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® tuner. Contact a dealer.
Check Antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
*1: ****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an subscribe.
■
Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■
Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
■
SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
Models with Display Audio
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
• US: SiriusXM® Radio at
www.siriusxm.com/subscribenow or 1-877-447-
0011
• Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at
www.siriusxm.ca/subscribe-now, or 1-877-209-
0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
• In tunnels
• On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
• Large items carried on the roof rack
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 345 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
346
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
■
iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 5th generation) released between 2007 and 2012
iPhone/iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s/
iPhone 6/iPhone 6 Plus
Model
iPod touch (5th to 6th generation) released between 2012 and 2015
iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5s/iPhone 5c/iPhone 6/iPhone 6 Plus/iPhone 6S/iPhone
6S Plus/iPhone SE/iPhone 7/iPhone 7 Plus
■
USB Flash Drives
1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
Models with color audio
Models with Display Audio
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 346 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
352
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
3. Speech Recognition:
You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards.
Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 352 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
354
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-
infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability.
HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney’s
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 354 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
356
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer.
1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 356 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
357
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M. ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 357 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
358
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuHonda App License Agreement
Features
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 358 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
359
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Continued
Features
Models with Display Audio
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE
APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE
SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER
LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND
VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR
DETAILS REGARDING APPLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.
USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN
THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE
DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED,
STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING,
FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS
SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE
POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF
DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.
■
OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 359 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
360
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR
SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS
PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS,
EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-
INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED
TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR
AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST
AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE
PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE,
SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC.,
SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY
TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR
LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY
(CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND
JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING
LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
■
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 360 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
363
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
*
Continued
Features
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by PANASONIC CORPORATION is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or
distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a
license from Microsoft.
■
Bluetooth
■
Windows Media
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 363 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
365
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
*
Continued
Features
Mpeg4 Visual
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE MPEG-4 VISUAL PATENT PORTFOLIO
LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER FOR
(i) ENCODING VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUALA STANDARD
(“MPEG-4 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODING MPEG-4 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED
BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL ACTIVITY
AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED BY MPEG LA TO
PROVIDE MPEG-4 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY
OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING THAT RELATING TO
PROMOTIONAL, INTERNAL AND COMMERCIAL USES AND LICENSING MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC.
SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
VC-1
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO
IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE
VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL
AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO
PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL
BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE
HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
■
MPEG
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 365 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
371
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Adjust Clock
Adjust Clock.
2 Clock P. 164
—
Settings
RDS
Settings
RDS Information
Selects whether the RDS information comes
on.
On
*1
/Off
Radio Text
Displays the radio text information of the
selected RDS station.
—
Bluetooth
Setup
Add New Device
Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a
paired phone, and create a code for a paired
phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 406
—
Connect an Audio
Device
Connects, disconnects or pairs a Bluetooth®
Audio device to HFL.
—
Display
Adjustment
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/
information screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/
information screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/
information screen.
—
Rear
Camera
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the fixed guidelines come on
the audio/information screen.
On
*1
/Off
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the dynamic guidelines come
on the audio/information screen.
On
*1
/Off
FM mode
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 371 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
373
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Settings
Vehicle
Settings
TPMS Calibration
Cancels/Calibrates the tire pressure
monitoring system (TPMS).
Cancel
*1
/Calibrate
Driver Assist
System
Setup
Forward
Collision
Warning
Distance
Changes CMBS
TM
alert distance. Long/Normal
*1
/Short/
ACC
Forward
Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out
of the ACC with LSF range.
On/Off
*1
Road
Departure
Mitigation
Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/Warning
Only/Narrow
Lane
Keeping
Assist
Suspend
Beep
Causes the system to beep when LKAS is
suspended.
On/Off
*1
Traffic Sign
Recognition
System
Displays traffic sign icon on the driver
information interface.
Small Icon On
*1
/Small Icon
Off
Driver
Attention
Monitor
Changes the setting for the driver attention
monitor.
Tactile and Audible Alert
*1
/
Tactile Alert/Off
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 373 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
374
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Meter Setup
Language
Selection
Changes the displayed language. English
*1
/Français/Español
Adjust
Outside
Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
“Trip A”
Reset
Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter
A and average fuel economy A.
When Fully Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B”
Reset
Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter
B and average fuel economy B.
When Fully Refueled/IGN
Off/Manually Reset
*1
Adjust
Alarm
Volume
Changes the alarm volume, such as buzzers,
warnings, turn signal sound, and so on.
High/Mid
*1
/Low
Fuel
Efficiency
Backlight
Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. On
*1
/Off
Speed/
Distance
Units
Selects the trip computer units. mph · miles
*1
/km/h · km
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 374 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
375
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Settings
Vehicle
Settings
Keyless
Access
Setup
Door Unlock
Mode
Changes which doors to unlock when you
grab the driver’s door handle.
Driver Door Only
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless
Access Light
Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Keyless
Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors.
On
*1
/Off
Remote
Start System
On/Off
Turns the remote engine start feature on and
off.
On
*1
/Off
Lighting
Setup
Interior
Light
Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights
stay on after you close the doors.
60seconds/30seconds
*1
/
15seconds
Headlight
Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.
60seconds/30seconds/
15seconds
*1
/0seconds
Auto Light
Sensitivity
Changes the timing for the headlights to
come on.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/Low/Min
Auto
Interior
Illumination
Sensitivity
Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of
the instrument panel when the headlight
switch is in the AUTO position.
Min/Low/Mid
*1
/High/Max
Headlight
integration
Wiper
Changes the settings for the wiper operation
when the headlights automatically come on
while the headlight switch is in the AUTO
position.
On
*1
/Off
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 375 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
378
Features
Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
With the power mode in ON, select Settings, then select a setting item.
1Customized Features
When you customize settings:
• Make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop.
• Put the transmission into (P.
To customize other features, select Settings.
2 List of customizable options P. 385
Models with Display Audio
Audio/Information Screen
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 378 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
380
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Caption
Language
Caption style
Detail
Information
Factory Data
Reset
About
Refuel
recommend
*
Accessibility
Status
Legal Information
App Manager
Recent Location
Requests Apps
Caption
Text-to-speech output
Text Size
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 380 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
382
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Vehicle
Meter Setup
Adjust Outside Temp. Display
“Trip A” Reset Timing
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Reverse Alert Tone
Config. of Instrument Panel
Adjust Alarm Volume
Turn By Turn Auto Display
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
TPMS Calibration
Driver Assist
System Setup
Blind Spot Info
*
Head-up Warning
*
Traffic Sign Recognition System
Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Driver Attention Monitor
Speed/Distance Units
Language Selection
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 382 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
383
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto OFF Timer
Auto Light Sensitivity
Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Key and Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Select Reset Items
Walk Away Auto Lock
Seat Position Movement at Entry/Exit
Memory Position Link
Door Unlock Mode
Smart Entry Light Flash
Smart Entry Beep
Remote Start System ON/OFF
Auto Headlight On with Wiper On
Auto Interior Illumination Sensitivity
Maintenance Info.
Door / Window
Setup
Lighting Setup
Driving Position
Setup
*
Keyless Access
Setup
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 383 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
384
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Show with turn signal
Show Reference Line
Fixed Guideline
Dynamic Guideline
Cross Traffic
Monitor
*
Display Time after Turn Signal Off
Camera
Rear Camera
LaneWatch
*
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 384 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
390
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Driver Assist
System Setup
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
Changes Collision Mitigation Braking System
(CMBS) alert distance.
Normal
*1
/Short/
Long
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of
the ACC with LSF range.
ON/OFF
*1
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when Lane Keeping
Assist System (LKAS) is suspended.
ON/OFF
*1
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/
Warning Only/
Narrow
Driver Attention
Monitor
Changes the setting for the driver attention
monitor.
OFF/Tactile Alert/
Tactile And Audible
Alert
*1
Meter Setup
Language Selection Changes the display language.
English
*1
/Français/
Español
Adjust Outside Temp.
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few
degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
Adjust Alarm Volume
Changes the alarm volume, such as the buzzers,
warnings, turn signal sound, and so on.
High/Mid
*1
/Low
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 390 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
391
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Meter Setup
Reverse Alert Tone Turns the reverse alert tone on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
Config. of Instrument
Panel
Select which apps display on the driver
information interface.
Config.1
*1
/Config.2/
Config.3
Fuel Efficiency
Backlight
Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A
and average fuel economy A.
When Fully
Refueled/Manually
Reset
*1
/IGN OFF
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B
and average fuel economy B.
When Fully
Refueled/Manually
Reset
*1
/IGN OFF
Speed/Distance Units Selects the trip computer units.
km/h · km/mph ·
miles
*1
(U.S.)
km/h · km
*1
/mph ·
miles (Canada)
Turn By Turn Auto
Display
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes
on during the route guidance.
ON
*1
/OFF
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 391 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
392
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Driving
Position
Setup
*
Memory Position Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
ON
*1
/OFF
Seat Position
Movement at Entry/
Exit
Moves the seat rearward when you get in/get out
of the vehicle. Changes the setting for this
feature.
ON
*1
/OFF
Keyless Access
Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors to unlock when you grab
the driver’s door handle.
Driver Door Only
*1
/All
Doors
Smart Entry Light Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
ON
*1
/OFF
Smart Entry Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/
lock the doors.
ON
*1
/OFF
Remote Start System
ON/OFF
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 392 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
393
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Lighting
Setup
Headlight Auto OFF
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights
stay on after you close the driver’s door.
0 sec/15 sec
*1
/30 sec/
60 sec
Interior Light Dimming
Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
15 sec/30 sec
*1
/60
sec
Auto Light Sensitivity
Changes the timing for the headlights to come
on.
Min/Low/Mid
*1
/
High/Max
Auto Interior
Illumination Sensitivity
Changes the sensitivity of the brightness of the
instrument panel when the headlight switch is in
AUTO.
Min/Low/Mid
*1
/
High/Max
Auto Headlight On
with Wiper On
Used to automatically come on the headlights
when the wipers are used several times within a
certain number of intervals with the headlight
switch is in AUTO.
ON
*1
/OFF
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 393 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
395
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Rear Camera
Fixed Guideline
Selects whether the guidelines come on the rear
camera monitor.
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 560
ON
*1
/OFF
Dynamic Guideline
Selects whether the guidelines come on the rear
camera monitor.
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 560
ON
*1
/OFF
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Turns the cross traffic monitor on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
LaneWatch
*
Show with turn signal
Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on
when you move the turn signal lever to indicate a
right turn.
ON
*1
/OFF
Display Time after Turn
Signal off
Changes the length of time the LaneWatch
display stays on after the turn signal lever returns
to the center.
0 seconds
*1
/2
seconds
Show Reference Line
Selects whether the reference lines come on the
LaneWatch monitor.
ON
*1
/OFF
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 395 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
398
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
Features
Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the I and III HomeLink
buttons for about 10 seconds, until the
green indicator blinks. Release the buttons,
and proceed to step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.
Indicator
I HomeLink
Button
III HomeLink Button
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 398 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
400
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle's audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone screen or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
(Phone) button: Press to go directly to the phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
Voice control tips
• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
• Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak
clearly and naturally after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
• To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.
Up to 20 speed dial entries can be stored. If there is
no entry in the system, Speed Dial is disabled.
2 Speed Dial P. 415
Up to 20 call histories can be stored. If there is no call
history, Call History is disabled.
Models with color audio
(Talk) Button
Microphone
(Hang-up/Back) Button
(Pick-up) Button
Selector Knob
(Phone) Button
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 400 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
402
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
or
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Display the last 20 missed calls.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Speed Dial
*1
Add New
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Call History
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to
store as a speed dial number.
Phone Number
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Missed Calls
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Call History
*1
Display the paired phones’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
(Existing entry list)
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 402 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
404
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Call History
Phonebook
Phone Number
Speed Dial
*1
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.
Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
Enter a phone number to store as a speed
dial number.
Delete a previously stored speed dial
number.
Change Voice Tag
Delete Voice Tag
Change a previously stored speed dial
number.
Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Add New
Existing entry list
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 404 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
406
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (No phone has
been paired to the system)
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone doesn’t appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
paired to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and return to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 406 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
408
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
5. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
6. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
7. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by a phone.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 408 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
409
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To change the currently paired phone
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Connect a Phone,
then press .
u The screen changes to a device list.
5. Rotate to select a desired device name,
then press .
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 409 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
410
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Pass-Key, then press
.
5. Input a new pairing code, then press .
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 410 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
411
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Delete Device, then
press .
u The screen changes to a device list.
5. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
6. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 411 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
412
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Ringtone, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Mobile Phone or
Fixed, then press .
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Auto Transfer, then
press .
4. Rotate to select On or Off, then press
.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the
ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the
speakers.
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers.
■
Automatic Transferring
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 412 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
414
Features
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are
automatically imported to HFL.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a person from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
If a name has four or more numbers, ... appears
instead of category icons.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
PagerWork
Fax
Car
Voice
Other
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 414 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
416
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To edit a speed dial
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Change Speed Dial,
then press .
6. Select a new speed dial number, then press
.
■ To delete a speed dial number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 416 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
422
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds and the Incoming Call
screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen instead of the and buttons. Rotate
to select the icon, then press .
HFL Mode
Caller’s Name
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 422 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
423
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Swap Call: Put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Dial Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
1. To view the available options, press the
button.
2. Rotate to select the option, then press
.
u The check box is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Dial Tones: Available on some phones.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 423 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
427
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system.
■ Phone settings screen
1. Press the button.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Settings.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving.
Change Devices
(Existing entry list)
+ Connect New Device
Pair a new phone to the system.
Connect, disconnect, or delete a paired device.
Ringtone
Select the ring tone.
Auto Sync Phone Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Turn HondaLink® Assist on and off.
HondaLink Assist
*
Auto Phone Call Transfer Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 427 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
429
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Bluetooth® setup
You can turn Bluetooth® function on and off.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Connections.
4. Select Bluetooth.
5. Select Options.
6. Select Bluetooth, then ON.
■
Phone Setup
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 429 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
430
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the button.
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Connect Phone.
4. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then select + Connect
New Device.
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
5. Select your phone when it appears on the
list.
u If your phone still does not appear,
search for Bluetooth® devices using your
phone.
From your phone, search for HandsFree
Link.
6. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
7. Select desired functions and then select
Save.
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
the system before you can make and receive hands-
free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
paired to the system.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or more icons on
the right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
: The phone can be used with HFL.
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay,
pairing of additional Bluetooth-compatible devices is
unavailable.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 430 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
431
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To change the currently paired phone
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 427
2. Select Change Devices.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
4. Select or .
5. Select Save.
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 427
2. Select Change Devices.
3. Select a phone you want to delete.
4. Select Delete.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
1To change the currently paired phone
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
original phone is connected again.
To pair other phones, select + Connect New Device
from the Bluetooth screen.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 431 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
432
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 427
2. Select Ringtone.
3. Select Vehicle or Phone.
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 427
2. Select Auto Phone Call Transfer.
3. Select ON or OFF.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Vehicle: The fixed ring tone sounds from the
speakers.
Phone: Depending on the make and model of the
cell phone, the ring tone stored in the phone will
sound if the phone is connected.
■
Automatic Transferring
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 432 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
434
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
To store a number as a Favorite Contact:
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428
2. Select the Recent Calls, Contacts, or
Keypad screen.
3. Select the star icon.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the Favorite Contact is successfully
stored.
u To remove the Favorite Contact, select
the star icon again.
■
Favorite Contacts
Recent Calls Screen
Contacts Screen
Keypad Screen
Star Icon
Star Icon
Star Icon
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 434 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
435
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To edit a Favorite Contact
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428
2. Select Favorite Contacts.
3. Select Edit on the Favorite Contact entry
you want to edit.
4. Select a setting you want.
5. Select Save.
■ To delete a speed dial
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428
2. Select Favorite Contacts.
3. Select Edit on the Favorite Contact entry
you want to delete.
4. Select Remove.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Yes.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 435 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
436
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, or Favorite Contact
entries.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
While there is an active connection with Apple
CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with
HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple
CarPlay.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 436 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
437
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428
2. Select Contacts.
3. Select a name.
u You can sort by First Name or Last
Name. Select the icon on the upper right
of the screen.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 428
2. Select Keypad.
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering numbers.
4. Select Call.
u Dialing starts automatically.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 437 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
439
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call... screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the
call.
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Use Handheld: Transfer a call from the system to your phone.
Keypad: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
The available options are shown on the lower
half of the screen.
Select the option.
u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen instead of the and buttons.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen.
Mute Icon
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 439 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
442
Features
You can select one from the Bluetooth® device list to be active and receive
notifications.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Messages.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Change Connected Phone.
5. Change a desired phone.
2 To change the currently paired phone
P. 431
■
Selecting a Phone
1Selecting a Phone
You can only receive notifications from one phone at
a time.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 442 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
443
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
1. Press the button.
2. Select Messages.
u Select a phone if necessary.
3. Select a message.
u The text message is displayed.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The (blue) icon appears next to an unread
message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message
will also be deleted from the system. If you send a
message from the system, the message goes to your
phone’s outbox.
To see the previous or next message, select Prev.
or Next on the message screen.
Message List
Text Message
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 443 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
444
Features
■ Read or Stop reading a message
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Play.
u The system starts reading the message
aloud.
3. Select Stop to stop reading.
Select Play again to start reading the
message.
■ Reply to a message
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Reply.
3. Select the reply message.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Message sent. appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
• Talk to you later, I’m driving.
• I’m on my way.
• I’m running late.
• OK
• Yes
• No
The default reply messages are displayed only in
English. If you want to use reply messages in
languages other than English, please edit them.
2 To edit a reply message P. 445
You can add a reply message by selecting + Create
New Message.
2 To edit a reply message P. 445
Only certain phones receive and send messages when
paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 444 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
446
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Call.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 446 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHondaLink® Assist
*
448
Features
■ To enable notification
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 427
2. Select HondaLink Assist.
3. Select YES or NO.
1To enable notification
Setting options:
• YES: Notification is available.
• NO: Disable the feature.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 448 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
449
Features
Refuel Recommend
Your vehicle is equipped with a feature that recommends refueling at a timing of
your preference. Once the system is programmed, this feature will notify you when
refueling is recommended as well as enable you to search for gas stations that are
located in the vicinity of your vehicle.
1. When it is time to refuel the vehicle, a
notification is displayed and a notification
icon is displayed in the header.
2. Touch the box that contains the icon.
3. Select Find Gas Station Now.
4. Choose a gas station from the search
screen of the navigation system.
u For instructions on how to use the
navigation system, refer to the
navigation system manual.
1Refuel Recommend
You can change the setting for Refuel Recommend
by selecting: SettingsSystemRefuel
recommend
When you turn off this feature, the timing that you
programmed for refueling will be deleted.
This feature can only be used when the fuel level in
the tank is below 30 percent.
If you select Find Gas Station Now or put more
than 5 liters of gasoline into the fuel tank, the
notification for refueling will disappear. If you prefer
not to be notified, select OFF in the settings for
Refuel Recommend.
When you drive on a rough road or ascend or
descend a hill for an extended period of time, the
notification may disappear or may not be displayed at
all.
Models with navigation system
Notification
Icon
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 449 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
450
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 450 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
453
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle's
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 455
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 174
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 208
2 Adjusting the Front and Rear Outer Head Restraint Positions P. 214
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 206
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 205
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 453 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
454
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 45
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 82
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 454 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
455
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See the
Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s
doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories and all cargo.
2 Specifications P. 662
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 662
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Label Example
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 455 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
457
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your
warranties.
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 657
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 457 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
461
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
Driving
■ To turn the power system off
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
• You have already used the remote twice to turn the
power system on.
• Another registered smart entry remote is in the
vehicle.
• There is an antenna failure.
• The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
• The engine oil pressure is low.
• The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The security system alarm is not set.
The power system may be turned off while it is on if:
• You do not start the vehicle within 10 minutes of
turning the power system on with the smart entry
remote.
• The power system is turned off by using the smart
entry remote.
• The security system alarm is activated.
• The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
• The hood is open.
• The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The engine oil pressure is low.
• The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) comes on if
there is a problem with the emissions control
systems.
• The transmission is in a position other than (P.
Press and hold
the button
for one second.
Go within the range,
and try again.
The exterior lights flash once if the power system turns off
successfully.
The exterior lights will not flash when the remote is out of
the smart entry system range.
The power system will not be turned off.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 461 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuWhen DrivinguTurning on the Power
462
Driving
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
While the power system is on, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
• The climate control system is activated in auto
mode.
When it is cold outside:
• The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
• The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated.
• The seat heaters
*
and heated steering wheel
*
are
activated.
2 Heated Steering Wheel
*
P. 228
2 Front Seat Heaters
*
P. 229
2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation
*
P. 230
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 462 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
466
Driving
■ (P (parking) button
The shift position changes to (P when you
press the
(P button while the vehicle is
parked with the power mode in ON.
The indicators on the sides of the (P button
come on.
1Shifting
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the
driver information interface when you depress the
accelerator pedal with the shift position in
(N.
Change the shift position to
(D or (R with the brake
pedal depressed.
When shifting positions in extremely low
temperatures (-22°F/-30°C), there may be a short
delay before the shift position is displayed. Always
confirm you are in the correct shift position before
driving.
(P Button
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 466 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
467
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Shift Operation
1Shift Operation
NOTICE
When you change (D to (R and vice versa, come to
a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed.
Operating the shift button before the vehicle has
come to a complete standstill can damage the
transmission.
Use the shift position indicator and the shift button
indicator to check the shift position before selecting a
shift button.
If the indicator of the currently selected shift position,
or all the shift position indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The beeper sounds once when you change to
(R.
2 Customized Features P. 378
Shift Position Indicator
(Transmission System Indicator)
Press the (P button.
Press back the (R button.
Press the
(N button.
Press the
(D button.
Shift Button
Indicator
Deceleration Paddle Selector
Indicator
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 467 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
468
Driving
■ When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the shift position
automatically changes to
(P.
• The vehicle is in stationary with the power mode in ON, or moving at 1 mph (2
km/h) or slower.
• The transmission is in other than
(P.
• You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the shift position from (P with the brake pedal
depressed, the shift position will automatically return to
(P once you release
the brake pedal.
■ When turning off the power mode
If you turn the power system off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission
is in other than (P, the shift position automatically changes to (P.
1When opening the driver’s door
While the system is designed to automatically change
the shift position to
(P under the described
conditions, in the interest of safety you should always
select
(P before opening the driver’s door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 549
If you want to drive the vehicle after the shift position
has automatically changed to
(P under the described
conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,
depress the brake pedal, then change the shift
position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the power system
and lock the doors.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 468 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
469
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■ If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode]
With the power system on:
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Press and release the
(N button.
u (N (Neutral) hold mode will appear on the driver information interface.
3. Press the
(N button again and hold it for two seconds.
u The vehicle will enter car wash mode, which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an
attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
If the POWER button is pressed after car wash
mode has been activated, the power mode
will change to ACCESSORY and a message
will be displayed on the driver information
interface.
u For 15 minutes the transmission remains
in
(N with the power mode will remain
in ACCESSORY. After that, the
transmission automatically changes to
(P and the power mode changes to OFF.
u Manually changing to (P cancels
ACCESSORY mode. The
(P indicator
comes on and the power mode changes
to OFF. You must always put the
transmission into
(P when car wash
mode is no longer needed.
1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash
mode]
To keep the vehicle in
(N position, you can also
follow this procedure:
While the power system is on, select
(N, and then
within five seconds, press the POWER button.
Note that the transmission may not stay in
(N
position while any of the following indicators is on:
• Transmission system indicator.
• Malfunction indicator lamp.
• Charging system indicator.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 469 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
470
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■ Restriction on selecting a shift position
You cannot select a shift position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.
When the
transmission is in:
1. Under the circumstances
of that:
2. You cannot select:
3. The shift position
remains in/changes to:
How to change the
shift position
(P
The brake pedal is not
depressed.
Other shift position
(P
Release the accelerator
pedal and depress the
brake pedal.
The accelerator pedal is
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed without the brake pedal
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at low
speed with the accelerator
pedal depressed.
(N or (D The vehicle is moving forward. (R
Park your vehicle in a
safe place.
(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D
(R, (N, or (D The vehicle is moving.
You cannot press the (P
button.
(P or (N The READY indicator is not on.
A shift position other than
(P or (N
(P or (N
Make sure that the
READY indicator
comes on.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 470 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
471
uuWhen DrivinguSPORT Mode
Driving
SPORT Mode
To turn the SPORT mode on and off, press the SPORT button.
The SPORT mode increases engine performance and handling
*
.
This mode is not recommended for fuel economy enhancement, but suitable for
driving on hills or through curves on mountain roads.
The SPORT mode is turned off every time you turn on the power system, even if you
turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.
SPORT Button
SPORT Mode Indicator
Press
Models without adaptive
damper system
Models with adaptive
damper system
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 471 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
474
uuWhen DrivinguDeceleration Paddle Selector
Driving
■ When SPORT mode is OFF
If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change temporarily,
and the stage will appear in the driver information interface.
When you want to cancel the deceleration paddle selector, pull the
(+ selector
(right side) for a few seconds.
The deceleration paddle selector will cancel automatically and deceleration stage in
the driver information interface disappear when you drive with constant speed,
situations of acceleration and decelerate just before stopping your vehicle.
■ When SPORT mode is ON
If you pull back the paddle selector, the rate of deceleration will change and the
stage along with M will appear in the driver information interface. The deceleration
stage will not cancel automatically while SPORT mode is ON.
When you want to cancel the deceleration paddle selector, turn the SPORT mode
OFF, or pull the
(+ selector (right side) for a few seconds. When canceled,
deceleration stage in the driver information interface disappears.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 474 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
477
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Continued
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine and motor output and selectively applying the
brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine and motor do not respond to the
accelerator. You may also notice some noise
from the hydraulic system. You will also see
the indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
VSA® may not function properly if tire type and size
are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type
of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on
while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle
Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control
(ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support,
and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on
in amber along with a message in the driver
information interface when you set the power mode
to ON after re-connecting a 12-volt battery.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
VSA® System
Indicator
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 477 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
478
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially disable VSA® functionality/
features, press and hold it until you hear a
beep.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and
cornering ability, but traction control function
will be less effective.
To restore VSA® functionality/features, press
the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you turn the
power system on, even if you turned it off the
last time you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after turning the power
system on or while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 478 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
479
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist
Driving
Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes the front wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and
helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during cornering.
1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine
compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 479 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
480
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Instead of directly measuring the pressure in each tire, the TPMS on this vehicle
monitors and compares the rolling radius and rotational characteristics of each
wheel and tire while you are driving to determine if one or more tires are
significantly under-inflated. This will cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to
come on and a message to appear on the driver information interface.
You must start TPMS calibration every time you:
• Adjust the pressure in one or more tires.
• Rotate the tires.
• Replace one or more tires.
Before calibrating the TPMS:
• Set the cold tire pressure in all four tires.
2 Checking Tires P. 602
Make sure:
• The vehicle is at a complete stop.
• The transmission is in
(P.
• The power mode is in ON.
■
TPMS Calibration
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
The system does not monitor the tires when driving
at low speed.
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The low tire pressure indicator will not come on as a
result of over inflation.
The TPMS may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 602
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
with a delay or may not come on at all when:
• You rapidly accelerate, decelerate, or turn the
steering wheel.
• You drive on snowy or slippery roads.
• Snow chains are used.
The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator may come on
under the following conditions:
• There is a heavier and uneven load on the tires than
the condition at calibration.
• Snow chains are used.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 480 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
481
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
You can calibrate the system from the
customized feature on the audio/information
screen.
2 Customized Features P. 367
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the CLOCK/MENU button.
3. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Vehicle Settings, then
press .
5. Rotate to select TPMS Calibration,
then press .
6. Rotate to select Calibrate, then press
.
• If the Calibration failed to start. message
appears, repeat steps 5-6.
• The calibration process finishes
automatically.
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle
Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control
(ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support,
and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on
in amber along with a message in the driver
information interface when you set the power mode
to ON after re-connecting a 12-volt battery.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
1TPMS Calibration
• The calibration process requires approximately 30
minutes of cumulative driving at speeds between
30-60 mph (48-97 km/h).
• During this period, if the power mode is set to ON
and the vehicle is not moved within 45 seconds,
you may notice the low tire pressure indicator
comes on briefly. This is normal and indicates that
the calibration process is not yet complete.
If the snow chains are installed, remove them before
calibrating the TPMS.
If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on even
when the properly inflated specified regular tires are
installed, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
We recommend that the tires be replaced with the
same brand, model, and size as the originals. Ask a
dealer for details.
Models with color audio
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 481 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
482
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Driving
You can calibrate the system from the
customized feature on the audio/information
screen.
2 Customized Features P. 378
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the button.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Vehicle.
5. Select TPMS Calibration.
6. Select Calibrate.
• If the Calibration Failed To Start.
message appears, repeat steps 5-6.
• The calibration process finishes
automatically.
Models with Display Audio
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 482 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
483
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.
U.S. models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 483 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
485
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
*
Continued
Driving
Blind spot information System
*
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.”
When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the
appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you
change lanes.
■ How the system works
1Blind spot information System
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, blind spot information
system has limitations. Over reliance on blind spot
information system may result in a collision.
The blind spot information system alert indicator may
not come on under the following conditions:
• A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
• A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10
km/h).
• An object not detected by the radar sensors
approaches or passes your vehicle.
• A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a
motorcycle or other small vehicle.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
Alert zone range
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)
B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Radar Sensors:
underneath
the rear
bumper
corners
Alert Zone
A
B
C
●
The transmission is in (D.
●
Your vehicle speed is
between 20 mph (32 km/h)
and 100 mph (160 km/h)
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 485 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
*
486
Driving
■ When the system detects a vehicle
Blind spot information System Alert Indicator:
Located on the outside rearview mirror on
both sides.
Comes on when:
• A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of
no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your
vehicle.
• You pass a vehicle with a speed difference
of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Blinks and a beeper sounds when:
You move the turn signal lever in the direction
of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds
three times.
1Blind spot information System
*
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an
object is within the alert zone, the following
situations may occur.
• The blind spot information system alert indicator
may not come on due to obstruction (splashes,
etc.) even without the Blind Spot Information
System Not Available driver information
interface appearing.
• The blind spot information system alert indicator
may come on even with the message appearing.
You can change the setting for the blind spot
information system.
2 Customized Features P. 378
The system does not operate when the transmission
is in
(R.
Comes On
Blinks
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 486 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
488
uuWhen DrivinguHigh Voltage Battery
Driving
High Voltage Battery
The High Voltage battery gradually discharges even if the vehicle is not in use. As a
result, if your vehicle is parked for an extended period of time, the battery charge
level will become low. Extended periods of time at a low state of charge will shorten
battery life. To maintain the battery state of charge, drive your vehicle for more than
30 minutes at least once every three months.
Extreme high temperatures can affect the battery life. You can minimize the effects
by parking the vehicle in the shade during the summer.
1High Voltage Battery
Be careful not to let the High Voltage battery drain
too much. If the battery level becomes close to zero,
it will make it impossible to start the engine.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 488 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
491
Continued
Driving
Honda Sensing®
Honda Sensing® is a driver support system which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors: a radar sensor located at the lower part of the front
bumper and a front sensor camera mounted to the interior side of the windshield,
behind the rearview mirror.
Honda Sensing® has following functions.
■ The functions which do not require switch operations to activate
• Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) 2 P. 494
• Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System 2 P. 527
• Traffic Sign Recognition System 2 P. 531
■ The functions which require switch operations to activate
• Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) 2 P. 503
• Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) 2 P. 519
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 491 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
495
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
■ When the system activates
At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through audio/
information screen setting options.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 498
The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front
end of the dashboard.
Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.
Models with head-up display
Lens
The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if
the collision is avoided.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes,
etc.)
Beep
Head-up Warning
Lights
*
Visual Alerts
Audible Alert
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 495 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
496
uuHonda Sensing®uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Driving
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The radar sensor detects a vehicle Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking
Stage
one
There is a risk of a collision with the
vehicle ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and audible alerts
come on at a longer distance from a vehicle
ahead than in Normal setting, and in
Short, at a shorter distance than in
Normal.
—
Stage
two
The risk of a collision has increased,
time to respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts.
Lightly
applied
Stage
three
The CMBS
TM
determines that a collision
is unavoidable.
Forcefully
applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Normal
ShortLong
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 496 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
501
uuHonda Sensing® uCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Continued
Driving
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■ When Passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■ At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■
With Little Chance of a Collision
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 501 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
503
uuHonda Sensing®uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Continued
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle comes to a stop, can decelerate
and stop your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
When ACC with LSF slows your vehicle by applying the brakes, your vehicle’s brake
lights will illuminate.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF.
Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always
keep a safe interval between your vehicle and other
vehicles.
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead
to a crash.
Use ACC with LSF only when driving on
expressways or freeways and in good
weather conditions.
3
WARNING
ACC with LSF has limited braking
capability and may not stop your vehicle
in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle
that quickly stops in front of you.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal if the conditions require.
When to use
■ Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with
LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h).
No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range – ACC with LSF operates at
the speed of 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.
■ Shift position for ACC with LSF: In (D.
The radar sensor is
at the lower part of
the front bumper.
The camera is
located behind
the rearview
mirror.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 503 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuHonda Sensing®uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
506
Driving
■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a
vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your
vehicle’s set speed in order to keep the vehicle’s set following interval from the
vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following Interval P. 513
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
vehicle starts to slow down.
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if
another vehicle cuts in front of you, the beeper
sounds, a message appears on the driver information
interface, and the head-up warning lights
*
flash.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
interval from the vehicle ahead.
Head-up warning
lights
*
Beep
ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the
driver information interface
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 506 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuHonda Sensing®uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
508
Driving
■ A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop
Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The
Stopped message appears on the driver
information interface.
When the vehicle ahead of you starts again,
the vehicle icon on the driver information
interface blinks. If you press the RES/+ or
SET/– button, or depress the accelerator
pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the
prior set speed.
If no vehicle is ahead of you before you
resume driving, depress the accelerator pedal
and ACC with LSF will operate again within
the prior set speed.
1A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows
to a stop
3
WARNING
Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped
while the ACC with LSF system is
operating can result in the vehicle
moving without operator control.
A vehicle that moves without operator
control can cause a crash, resulting in
serious injury or death.
Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is
stopped by ACC with LSF.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 508 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuHonda Sensing®uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
512
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or SET/– button on the
steering wheel.
• Each time you press the RES/+ or SET/– button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep pressing the RES/+ or SET/– button, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
When you depress the accelerator pedal and then
push and release the SET/– button, the current speed
of the vehicle is set.
To increase speed
To decrease speed
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 512 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuHonda Sensing®uAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)
518
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the SET/– button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the SET/– button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line.
• Each time you press the RES/+ or SET/– button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• If you keep pressing the RES/+ or SET/– button, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
• When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control canceled automatically.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 518 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
519
uuHonda Sensing® uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 108
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the windshield and prevent
correct detection of the traffic lanes.
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
condition.
It is always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 524
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 537
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
■Front Sensor
Camera
Monitors the lane
lines.
■ Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel
and a warning display alert you that the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
■ Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and
right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to
either of the lane lines.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 519 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuHonda Sensing®uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
520
Driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
■
Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When a lane is detected, the
system will recover automatically.
■
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 520 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
523
uuHonda Sensing® uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
■ The system operation is suspended if
you:
• Set the wipers to HI.
u Turning the wipers off or setting it to LO
resumes the LKAS.
• Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the
wipers operate at high speed.
u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate at low speed.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• Driving through a sharp curve.
• Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the driver
information interface change
to contour lines, and the beeper
sounds (if activated).
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
All models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 523 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
524
uuHonda Sensing®uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets extremely high or low.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• The ABS or VSA® system engages.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 524 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
525
uuHonda Sensing® uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Continued
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
Faded lines Duplicate lines Tire tracks
Very wide or narrow traffic lane
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 525 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
526
uuHonda Sensing®uLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Driving
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
Lane void of lines at junction
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 526 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
527
uuHonda Sensing® uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Continued
Driving
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system determines a possibility of your
vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the
roadway altogether.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close
to detected lane markings without a turn
signal activated, the system, in addition to a
visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts
you with rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel, to help you remain within the detected
lane.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the driver information
interface.
If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on
the roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
■
How the System Works
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera P. 537
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 529
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions.
In the following case, a beeper sounds, a message
related to the ACC with LSF appears on the driver
information interface, and the braking function
controlled by the RDM system is canceled.
• The vehicle has repeatedly applied the brakes to
maintain the set speed (for example, you are
descending a long slope).
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 527 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
529
uuHonda Sensing® uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
When you turn the RDM on and off, do the
following.
1. Press the safety support switch.
2. Roll the left selector wheel to the symbol
and push it.
u The message appears on the driver
information interface when the system
becomes on or off.
The RDM is in the previously selected ON or
OFF setting each time you start the power
system.
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
RDM On and Off
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the audio/information
screen, the system does not operate the steering
wheel and braking.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle
Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control
(ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support,
and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on
in amber along with a message in the driver
information interface when you set the power mode
to ON after re-connecting a 12-volt battery.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Safety Support Switch
Left Selector
Wheel
■
RDM Conditions and Limitations
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 529 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
530
uuHonda Sensing®uRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 530 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuHonda Sensing®uTraffic Sign Recognition System
532
Driving
If the system does not detect any traffic signs while you are driving, the image below
may appear.
1Traffic Sign Recognition System
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing system
to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face
the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use
a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the
camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears, the traffic sign recognition system does not
work, and will be displayed.
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the air flow directed towards the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears, the traffic sign recognition system does not
work, and will be displayed.
Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Driver information interface
Head-up display
*
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 532 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
533
uuHonda Sensing®uTraffic Sign Recognition System
Driving
The traffic sign recognition system may not be able to recognize the traffic sign in
the following cases.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• There are portions remaining to be wiped.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• When you drive in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Driving at night, in dark areas such as long tunnels.
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• A vehicle in front of you is traveling flying up spray or snow.
■
Traffic Sign Recognition System Conditions and Limitations
1Traffic Sign Recognition System Conditions and Limitations
When the traffic sign recognition system
malfunctions, appears on the driver information
interface. If this message does not disappear, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer.
Driver information interface
Head-up display
*
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 533 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
534
uuHonda Sensing®uTraffic Sign Recognition System
Driving
■ The position or the condition of the traffic sign
• A sign is hard to be found since it is in a complicated area.
• A sign is located far away from your vehicle.
• A sign is located where the beam of the headlight is hard to reach.
• A sign is on a corner or bend in the road.
• Faded or bent signs.
• Rotated or damaged signs.
• A sign is covered with mud, snow, or frost.
• A part of the sign is hidden by the trees, or the sign itself is hidden by a vehicle
and others.
• Light (a streetlight) or a shadow is reflected on the surface of the sign.
• A sign is too bright or too dark (an electric sign).
• A sign of a small size.
■ Other conditions
• When you are driving at a high speed.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 534 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
535
uuHonda Sensing®uTraffic Sign Recognition System
Continued
Driving
The traffic sign recognition system may not operate correctly, such as displaying a
sign that does not follow the actual regulation for the roadway or does not exist at
all in the following cases.
u A speed limit sign may display at a higher or lower speed than the actual speed
limit.
• There is a supplementary sign with further information such as weather, time,
vehicle type, school zone, etc.
• Figures on the sign are hard to read (electric signs, numbers on the sign are
blurred, etc.).
• A sign is in the vicinity of the lane you are driving even though it is not for the lane
(speed limit sign situated at the junction between the side road and the main
road, etc.).
• There are things that look similar to the color or shape of the recognition object
(similar sign, electric sign, signboard, structure, etc.).
• A truck or another large vehicle with a sticker of the speed limit sign on the back
are traveling in front of you.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 535 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
536
uuHonda Sensing®uTraffic Sign Recognition System
Driving
The speed limit sign icon is displayed on the right half of the screen.
■ Selecting to display traffic signs when main mode is off
You can continue displaying reduced-size traffic sign icon on the driver information
interface and head-up display
*
even while the main mode is not selected.
2 Customized Features P. 367, 378
■
Signs Displayed on the Driver information interface and
Head-Up Display
*
■ When main mode is selected
■ When main mode is not selected
Speed Limit Sign
Driver information interface
Head-up display
*
Head-up display
*
Driver information interface
Speed Limit Sign
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 536 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuHonda Sensing®uFront Sensor Camera
538
Driving
1Front Sensor Camera
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 538 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
541
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■ To release
The power mode must be in ON in order to
release the electric parking brake.
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Press the electric parking brake switch.
u The indicator in the switch goes off.
u The parking brake indicator (red) goes
off.
Manually releasing the parking brake using
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and
smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills.
1Parking Brake
In the following situations, the parking brake
automatically operates.
• When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake
hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped and the automatic brake
hold system is applied.
• When the power system is turned off while the
brake hold system is applied.
• When there is a problem with the automatic brake
hold system while brake hold is applied.
• When the vehicle is stops more than 10 minutes
while ACC with LSF is activated.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with
LSF.
• When the power system is turned off while ACC
with LSF is activated.
Electric Parking Brake Switch
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 541 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
543
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■ Activating and deactivating the automatic parking brake feature
With the power mode in ON, carry out the following steps to either activate or
deactivate the automatic parking brake feature.
1. Put the transmission into
(P.
2. Without depressing the brake pedal, pull up and release the parking brake switch.
u Check that the parking brake indicator (red) has come on.
3. Pull up and hold the parking brake switch. When you hear a beeping sound,
release the switch and within 3 seconds pull up and hold the switch again.
4. When you hear a sound indicating that the procedure is completed, release the
switch.
u Two beeps indicates that the feature has been activated.
u One beep indicates that the feature has been deactivated.
u When you have completed activating the feature, the parking brake will
remain applied after you turn off the power system.
u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake
indicator (red) is on.
If you need to temporarily deactivate the feature for when putting your vehicle
through a conveyor type car wash, you can follow the procedure explained below.
1. Depress the brake pedal and bring the vehicle to a stop.
2. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF and then within 2 seconds push down the
parking brake switch.
u Activation and deactivation settings for the feature will not be affected.
u Before temporarily deactivating the feature, make sure to first turn off both
ACC with LSF and the automatic brake hold system.
u To confirm that the parking brake is applied, check if the parking brake
indicator (red) is on.
1Parking Brake
In cold climates, the parking brake may freeze in
place if applied.
When parking the vehicle, chock the wheels and
make sure the automatic parking brake feature is
deactivated.
Also, when putting your vehicle through a conveyor-
type car wash or when having your vehicle towed,
deactivate the automatic parking brake feature and
leave the parking brake released.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 543 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuBrakinguBrake System
544
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system
increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an
emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering
control when braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 548
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 547
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.
Applying constant pressure to the brakes while going
down a long hill can cause the brakes to heat up,
resulting in a loss of stopping power.
Therefore, when descending a long hill, release the
accelerator pedal and allow regenerative braking to
slow the vehicle down. To adjust the rate of
deceleration, use the deceleration paddle selector.
2 Deceleration Paddle Selector P. 472
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 544 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
545
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is
pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at
traffic lights and in heavy traffic.
■
Automatic Brake Hold
1Automatic Brake Hold
3
WARNING
Activating the automatic brake hold system
on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold
system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
moving when stopped on a steep hill or
slippery roads.
3
WARNING
Using the automatic brake hold system to
park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in
(P and applying the parking
brake.
■Turning on the system
Fasten your seat belt
properly, then start the
power system. Press the
automatic brake hold
button.
●
The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system
is turned on.
■Activating the system
Depress the brake pedal
to come to a complete
stop. The transmission
must be in
(D or (N.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator comes
on. Braking is kept for
up to 10 minutes.
●
Release the brake
pedal after the
automatic brake hold
indicator comes on.
■ Canceling the system
Depress the accelerator
pedal while the
transmission is in
(D. The
system is canceled and
the vehicle starts to
move.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator goes
off. The system
continues to be on.
Accelerator PedalBrake PedalAutomatic Brake
Hold Button
Goes
Off
U.S.
Canada
On
On
Comes
On
Comes
On
Comes
On
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 545 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
547
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■ ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the
pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very
hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately
if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of
the wrong size or type.
If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
may be a problem with the system. While normal
braking will not be affected, there is a possibility that
the ABS will not be operating. Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is
designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
skidding and loss of steering control.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:
• You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow.
• The tires are equipped with snow chains.
The following may be observed with the ABS system:
• Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
power system has been started while vehicle
accelerates.
• Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 547 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
549
Continued
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully.
3. Change the shift position to
(P.
4. Turn off the power system.
u The parking brake indicator (red) goes off in about 30 seconds.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that (P is shown
on the shift position indicator.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the driveline:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Changing into (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
Doing so may cause the power system to overheat
and fail.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 549 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped
550
Driving
Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, in particular if you are parked on an
incline.
1When Stopped
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 550 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
553
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Driving
■ Screen Operation
You can switch between split view off and
split view on by touching the split screen tab.
1Screen Operation
The split screen tab disappears, and the split view
returns to the last camera view mode under the
following conditions:
• If the parking sensor system is turned off.
• If there is a malfunction in the system.
Split Screen
Tab
Split View Off
Split View On
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 553 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
555
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Driving
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF.
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.
3. Keep pressing the button for ten seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button blinks.
u The beeper sounds once.
4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.
u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.
To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds
three times when the rear sensors come back on.
■
Turning off All Rear Sensors
1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you put the transmission into
(R, the indicator
in the parking sensor system button blinks as a
reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 555 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
557
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
The system activates when:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The Cross Traffic Monitor system is turned
on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 559
• The transmission is in (R.
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly
behind your vehicle.
The system does not provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your
vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.
■
How the System Works
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay
alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without
an approaching vehicle under the following
conditions:
• An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the
radar sensor’s scope.
• Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher.
• A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 mph (10 km/h) and 16 mph (25
km/h).
• The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
• Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
• When there is bad weather.
• Your vehicle is on an incline.
• Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
• Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper
corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.
Radar sensors:
Underneath the rear bumper
corners
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 557 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
558
Driving
An arrow icon appears on the side of the audio/information screen when a vehicle
is approaching.
■
When the System Detects a Vehicle
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to in amber
when the transmission is in
(R, mud, snow or ice,
etc. may have accumulated in the vicinity of the
sensor. The system is temporarily canceled. Check the
bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly
clean the area if necessary.
If the comes on when the transmission is in
(R,
there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic
Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
If the display remains the same with the transmission
in
(R, there may be a problem with the rear camera
system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system.
Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Wide ViewNormal View
Arrow Icon
Top Down View
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 558 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
559
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen.
1. Press the button.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Camera.
4. Select Cross Traffic Monitor.
5. Select ON or OFF, then select Save.
The system can also be turned on and off on
the audio/information screen by pressing the
CTM icon.
■
Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
CheckYourSurroundings
Icon
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 559 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
562
uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
Driving
• If you were last using Wide view mode or Normal view mode, the same view
mode will be activated the next time you put the transmission into
(R.
• If you were using Top down view mode before turning off the power system, the
next time you set the power mode to ON and put the transmission into (R, the
view mode you were using just before using Top down view mode (Wide view
mode or Normal view mode) will be activated.
• If you were using Top down view mode and 10 seconds elapsed after you took
the transmission out of
(R, the view mode you were using just before selecting
Top down view mode (Wide view mode or Normal view mode) will be activated
the next time you put the transmission into (R.
Models with Display Audio
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 562 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
563
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
that can lead to engine damage.
■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■ Fuel tank capacity: 12.81 US gal (48.5 L)
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 563 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
565
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
5. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the
lower part of filler opening, then insert it
slowly and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the filler
nozzle goes down along with the filler
pipe.
u Keep the filler nozzle level.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically.
u After filling, wait about five seconds
before removing the filler nozzle.
6. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
P. 660
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 565 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
568
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.)
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Brake Fluid P. 589
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 602
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 591
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 599
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the driver information interface.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 575
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 671
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 568 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
569
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here.
However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in
performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether you should perform a given
task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the 12-volt battery, all High Voltage system, and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them, causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the 12-volt
battery or compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the power system is turned off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the power system including the engine and exhaust system
cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not activate the power system unless instructed, and keep your hands and
limbs away from moving parts. When the power system is on, the engine can
automatically start, or the radiator fan may start operating without the engine
running.
■
Maintenance Safety
■
Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 569 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
570
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.
1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 570 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
574
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
Maintenance Due Now 5 % The remaining engine oil life is 5 to
1 percent. Press the (home)
button to switch to another
display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.
Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The engine oil has passed its
service life, and a negative
distance appears after driving over
10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). The negative
distance on the display blinks.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 574 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
576
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
1Maintenance Service Items
• Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 9, 1, 2, or 3
if they are noisy.
Canadian models
*1: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset,
change the engine oil every year.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperatures.
This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance
Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed
at 76,000 kilometers (47,500 miles) or 3 years.
*5: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A • Replace engine oil
*1
0 • Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1 • Rotate tires
2 • Replace air cleaner element
*2
• Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
3 • Replace transmission fluid
*4
4 • Replace spark plugs
• Inspect valve clearance
5 • Replace engine coolant
7 • Replace brake fluid
*5
9 • Service front and rear brakes
• Check expiry date for tire repair kit bottle
• Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
• Inspect suspension components
• Inspect driveshaft boots
• Inspect brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®)
• Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Inspect exhaust system
#
• Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 576 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
580
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown here.
■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
• Genuine Honda Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
Ambient Temperature
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 580 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
581
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Turn off the power system. You can check the oil level without the engine having
run beforehand. If the engine has been running, wait approximately three minutes
before you check the oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil, being careful not to overfill.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 581 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
583
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Continued
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Turning the power system on automatically starts the engine if the High Voltage
battery charge level gauge shows two segments or less.
2 High Voltage Battery Charge Level Gauge P. 134
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the driver
information interface.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the Phillips-head screws and
slotted head screws by turning 90°
counter-clockwise on the undercarriage
and remove the under cover.
4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Drain Bolt
Washer
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 583 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
584
Maintenance
5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the filter gasket.
8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
30 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
4.0 US qt (3.8 L)
10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Oil Filter
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 584 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduCooling System
586
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter-
clockwise and relieve any pressure in the
cooling system.
3. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counter-clockwise to remove it.
4. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
■
Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
Radiator Cap
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 586 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
589
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Maintenance
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle's braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.
Reserve Tank
MIN
MAX
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 589 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
591
Continued
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
High beam headlight: LED type
*
High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3 for halogen bulb type)
*
Low beam headlight: LED type
1Headlight Bulbs
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted
at a dealer or by a qualified technician.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Models with halogen high beam headlights
All models
Models with halogen high beam headlights
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 591 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
594
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake Lights, Taillights, Rear Side Marker Lights, and Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Brake Lights, Taillights, Rear Side Marker Lights, and
Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip
screwdriver to remove the cover.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Remove the bolts.
3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.
Brake Light: LED
Taillight: LED
Rear Side Marker Light: LED
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W (Amber)
1Brake Lights, Taillights, Rear Side Marker Lights, and Rear Turn
Signal Light Bulbs
Brake lights, taillights, and rear side marker lights are
LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.
Cover
Bolts
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 594 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
597
uuReplacing Light BulbsuTaillights, Brake Lights
*
, and Back-Up Light Bulbs
Maintenance
2. Turn the socket clockwise and remove it.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Bulb
Socket
Passenger side
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 597 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
598
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light
Maintenance
Rear License Plate Light
Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light
High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 598 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
601
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade
onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert
the blade all the way.
8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the
cap.
9. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it
locks.
10. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first,
then the driver side.
11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the
wiper switch in the MIST position until
both wiper arms return to the standard
position.
Holder
Blade
Cap
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 601 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
603
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Continued
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described as shown.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front and rear.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front and rear.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
225/50R17 94V
225: Tire width in millimeters.
50: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
17: Rim diameter in inches.
94: Load index (a numerical code associated with the
maximum load the tire can carry).
V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 603 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
605
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Continued
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 605 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
606
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 606 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
609
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the driver information
interface helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Whenever tires are rotated, you must calibrate the
TPMS.
2 TPMS Calibration P. 480
FRONT
Direction Mark
Front
Front
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 609 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
611
Maintenance
12-Volt Battery
Checking the 12-Volt Battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a
sensor located on the negative terminal of the
battery. If there is a problem with this sensor,
the driver information interface will display a
warning message. If this happens, have you
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion
monthly.
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 241
• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 164
• The immobilizer system needs to be reset.
2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 98
112-Volt Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
Canadian models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 611 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
613
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the smart entry remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
3
WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 613 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
614
Maintenance
Climate Control System Maintenance
Air Conditioning
To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE
J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one
removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.
New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Air Conditioning
NOTICE
Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment.
To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the
evaporator with one removed from a used or
salvaged vehicle.
Refrigerant in your vehicle’s air conditioning system is
flammable and can be ignited during servicing if
proper procedures are not followed.
The air conditioner label is found under the hood:
2 Safety Labels P. 79
2 Specifications P. 662
Canadian models
: Caution
: Flammable Refrigerant
: Requires Registered
Technician to Service
: Air Conditioning
System
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 614 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
615
Continued
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently
used on electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
away using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Opening
■
Cleaning the Window
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass
cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front
sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor
*
.
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 615 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
619
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 619 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
621
uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications
Maintenance
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Honda parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Honda has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair your vehicle’s high-voltage hybrid power system
or otherwise modify vehicle electrical systems. Disassembling or modifying electrical
equipment can result in a crash or a fire.
If you ever need to replace your vehicle’s high-voltage battery assembly outside of
warranty coverage, we highly recommend that you only use a genuine Honda high-
voltage battery assembly. Genuine Honda high-voltage battery assemblies are
designed to work with your vehicle’s hybrid power system and have been designed,
engineered and manufactured to avoid overcharging situations. Non-genuine high-
voltage battery assemblies may not have been similarly designed, engineered and
manufactured, and installation of such assemblies could result in overcharging, fires,
loss of power, or other conditions that may increase the likelihood of a crash or
injury.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 621 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
622
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 622 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
623
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools .................................. 624
If a Tire Goes Flat
Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 625
Handling of the Jack......................... 637
Power System Won’t Start
Checking the Procedure................... 638
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak .. 639
Emergency Power System Off........... 640
Jump Starting.................................... 641
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 643
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Symbol Appears... 646
If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 646
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 647
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 648
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks at the Same Time When the
Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes
On ................................................. 649
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 650
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks ....................... 651
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message... 652
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 653
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 656
Emergency Towing........................... 657
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill
Door................................................. 658
When You Cannot Open the Trunk
.....659
Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container ....660
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 623 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
627
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2. Take the kit out of the case.
3. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
Floor Lid
Tire Repair Kit
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 627 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Continued
629
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory
power socket.
u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a
door or window.
u Do not plug any other electric devices
into other accessory power sockets.
2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 223
5. Turn the power system on.
2 Turning on the Power P. 458
u Keep the power system on while
injecting sealant and air.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 78
6. Turn the selector knob to REPAIR.
1Injecting Sealant and Air
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
There are two accessory power sockets:
• In the console compartment
• In the center pocket
Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure
shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than
actual. After the sealant injection is complete the
pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the
tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately
measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air
compressor off only after the sealant injection is
complete.
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
Center Pocket
Console Compartment
REPAIR Side
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 629 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
630
Handling the Unexpected
7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.
u The compressor starts injecting sealant
and air into the tire.
u When the sealant injection is complete,
continue to add air.
8. After the air pressure reaches to specified
pressure, turn off the kit.
u To check the pressure, occasionally turn
off the compressor and read the gauge.
u Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label for
the specified pressure.
9. Unplug the power plug from the accessory
power socket.
10. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire
valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.
11. Press the pressure relief button until the
gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).
12. Apply the repair notification label to the
flat surface of the wheel.
u The wheel surface must be clean to
ensure the label adheres properly.
1Injecting Sealant and Air
If the required air pressure is not reached within 10
minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for
the kit to provide the necessary seal, and your vehicle
will need to be towed.
See a dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and
proper disposal of an empty bottle.
Pressure Gauge
ON
OFF
Sealant/Air Hose
Tire Valve Stem
Pressure Relief
Button
Repair Notification Label
U.S.
Canada
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 630 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
631
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
1. Apply the speed restriction label to the
location as shown.
2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes.
u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
4. Recheck the air pressure using the sealant/
air hose on the compressor.
■
Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
Speed Restriction Label
U.S.
Canada
Sealant/Air Hose
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 631 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
632
Handling the Unexpected
5. Turn the selector knob to AIR.
u Do not turn the air compressor on to
check the pressure.
2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
P. 634
1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire
3
WARNING
Running the engine with the vehicle in an
enclosed or even partly enclosed area can
cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon
monoxide.
Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can
cause unconsciousness and even death.
Only run the engine to power the air
compressor with the vehicle outdoors.
AIR Side
ON
Center Pocket
Console Compartment
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 632 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire
634
Handling the Unexpected
You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire.
1. Open the trunk floor lid.
2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair
the Flat Tire P. 626
2. Remove the kit from the case.
3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near
the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not
place the kit on its side.
4. Remove the sealant/air hose from the kit.
5. Remove the valve cap.
6. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire
valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.
■
Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire
NOTICE
Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit
compressor for more than 15 minutes. The
compressor can overheat and become permanently
damaged.
Sealant/
Air Hose
Valve Cap
Tire Valve Stem
Sealant/Air Hose
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 634 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
637
Handling the Unexpected
Handling of the Jack
Your vehicle has jacking points as shown.
When replacing your tires, consult a dealer.
Jacking Points
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 637 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
639
uuPower System Won’t StartuIf the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Smart Entry Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the driver information interface, and the POWER button flashes, the
READY indicator does not come on. Turn on the power system as follows:
1. Touch the center of the POWER button
with the H logo on the smart entry remote
while the POWER button is flashing. The
buttons on the smart entry remote should
be facing you.
u The POWER button flashes for about 30
seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
POWER button within 10 seconds after the
beeper sounds and the POWER button
changes from flashing to on.
u The READY indicator comes on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 639 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
641
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the power
system, then open the hood.
1. Open the cover on the positive + terminal.
2. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
3. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15-
volt. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
4. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
5. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the upper torque mounting
bolt as shown. Do not connect this jumper
cable to any other part.
6. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
■
Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
12-volt battery performance degrades in cold
conditions and may prevent the engine from starting.
3
WARNING
A 12-volt battery can explode if you do not
follow the correct procedure, seriously
injuring anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the 12-volt battery.
Booster Battery
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 641 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
uuJump Startingu
642
Handling the Unexpected
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order.
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s 12-volt battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
1What to Do After the Engine Starts
The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system, Vehicle
Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF, adaptive cruise control
(ACC) with low speed follow (LSF), safety support,
and low tire pressure/TPMS indicators may come on
in amber along with a message in the driver
information interface when you set the power mode
to ON after re-connecting a 12-volt battery.
Drive a short distance at more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Each indicator should go off. If any do not, have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 642 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
645
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
Handling the Unexpected
■ Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
turn the power system off once the Engine
Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive.
Allow Engine To Cool. message
disappears.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately turn the power system off.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the engine coolant
reserve tank is low, add coolant until it
reaches the MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck, and put the
cap back on.
■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, turn the power system on.
If the Engine Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow Engine To Cool.
message does not appear, resume driving. If it appears again, contact a dealer for
repairs.
1The Engine Temperature Too Hot. Do Not Drive. Allow
Engine To Cool. Message Appears on the Driver Information
Interface
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Engine
Coolant
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 645 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
646
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Symbol Appears
■ Reasons for the symbol to appear
Appears when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the symbol appears
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Turn the power system off and let the engine sit for about three
minute.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
u Add oil as necessary.
2 Oil Check P. 581
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure symbol.
u The symbol disappears: Start driving again.
u The symbol does not disappear within 10 seconds: Turn the power
off and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.
If the 12-Volt Battery Charging System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the 12-volt battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop in a safe place and have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Symbol Appears
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 646 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
648
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using regenerative braking.
■ Reasons for the indicator to blink
• There is a problem with the electric parking brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
• Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a
dealer immediately.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary, downshift
the transmission.
If the brake system indicator (red) and ABS indicator
come on simultaneously, the electronic brake
distribution system is not working. This can result in
vehicle instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
on, the parking brake may not work.
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks at the Same Time When the
Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
P. 649
If you repeatedly operate the electric parking brake in
a short period of time, the brake stops operating to
prevent heating of the system and the indicator
blinks.
It returns to its original state in approximately one
minute.
U.S.
Canada
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 648 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
650
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn on the power system again.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 650 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
651
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low, or the TPMS has not been calibrated.
If there is a problem with the TPMS, the indicator blinks for about one
minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
u Calibrate the TPMS after the tire pressure is adjusted.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible.
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 651 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
652
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
Handling the Unexpected
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message
■ Reasons for the indicator to blink
The transmission is malfunctioning.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
• Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the
Warning Message
You may not be able to turn on the power system.
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking
your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow
your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 657
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 652 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
653
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF, and check
to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
Located near the 12-volt battery. Push the
tabs to open the box.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Battery 150 A
2
− (70 A)
EPS 70 A
− (30 A)
Fuse Box Main 2 60 A
Electric Servo Brake 40 A
ABS/VSA FSR 40 A
SBW 1 30 A
IG Main 1 30 A
3
Rear Defogger 40 A
Fuse Box Main 1 60 A
− (30 A)
Heater Motor 40 A
− (40 A)
− (30 A)
− (30 A)
− (30 A)
4
−(30A)
Fuse Box Option 2
*
(70 A)
−(40A)
Fuse Box Option 1 60 A
*1:Canadian models
Circuit Protected Amps
5
RFC 40 A
− (30 A)
SRM2 30 A
ABS/VSA Motor 40 A
IG Main 2 30 A
ENG EWP 30 A
6SRM1 30A
7 − −
8Wiper Motor 30A
9 Brake Light 10 A
10 EVTC 20 A
11 PCU EWP 15 A
12 RFC Coil 10 A
13 IGP 15 A
14 IG Hold 10 A
15 FI ECU 10 A
16 Battery Sensor 7.5 A
17 DBW 15 A
18 Ignition Coil 15 A
19 Hazard 15 A
20 − −
21 P-ACT ECU 7.5 A
22 Heated Steering Wheel
*, *1
(10 A)
23 − −
24 Audio 15 A
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 653 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
655
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
25 − −
26 − −
27 − −
28 − −
29 − −
30 − −
31 − −
32 IG Hold3 (15 A)
33 Driver’s Power Seat Sliding
*
(20 A)
34
Passenger’s Power Seat
Sliding
*
(20 A)
35 IG1_Option2 10 A
36 Meter 10 A
37 IG1_Option1 10 A
38
Driver’s Power Seat
Reclining
*
(20 A)
39
Passenger’s Power Seat
Reclining
*
(20 A)
40 Driver’s Lumbar Support
*
(10 A)
41 − −
42 Front Air Ventilated Seat
*
(20 A)
43 +B_Option 10 A
44 ADS
*
(20 A)
45 − −
46 SRS 10 A
47 − −
48 Head-Up Display
*
(10 A)
Circuit Protected Amps
49 Door Lock 20 A
50
Front Accessory Power
Socket
20 A
51
Rear Passenger’s Side
Power Window
20 A
52
Rear Driver’s Side Power
Window
20 A
53
Front Passenger’s Power
Window
20 A
54 Driver’s Power Window 20 A
55 − −
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 655 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
658
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure.
1. Open the trunk.
2. Pull the release cord beneath the rear tray
as shown.
u The release cord unlocks the fuel fill door
when it is pulled.
■
What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
1When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
your vehicle checked.
Release Cord
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 658 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
659
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Open the Trunk
If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure.
1. Remove the built-in key from the smart
entry remote.
2. Remove the cover with the key.
u Wrap a key with a cloth to prevent
scratching the cover.
3. Insert the key into the cylinder and turn it
clockwise.
4. Replace the cover.
■
What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk
1When You Cannot Open the Trunk
Following up:
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
your vehicle checked.
Trunk Release Cover
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 659 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
660
Handling the Unexpected
Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the power system.
2. Press on the edge of the fuel fill door to
make it pop up slightly.
u The fuel fill door opens.
3. Take the funnel out of the tool case in the
trunk.
2 Types of Tools P. 624
4. Place the end of the funnel on the lower
part of filler opening, then insert it slowly
and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the funnel
goes down along with the filler pipe.
5. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel
container.
u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.
6. Remove the funnel from the filler neck.
u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it.
7. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
NOTICE
Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container
or any funnel other than the one provided with your
vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system.
Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel
tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel
system and its seal.
Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is
gasoline before you refuel.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Turn the power system off, and keep
heat, sparks, and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Funnel
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 660 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
661
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications .................................... 662
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, Motor Number, and
Transmission Number..................... 664
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 665
Reporting Safety Defects ................. 666
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 667
Warranty Coverages ........................ 669
Authorized Manuals......................... 671
Customer Service Information......... 672
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 661 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
666
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 666 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
667
Continued
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness codes as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some States use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the 12-volt
battery has gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without turning the power
system on. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it
then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes
are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the power system off for six hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Turn the power system on.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the 12-volt
battery is disconnected, and set again only after
several days of driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 667 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
669
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 669 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
671
Information
Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■ For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■ For Canadian Owners
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 671 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
672
Information
Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Honda
Customer Services.
U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 100-5E-8A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: 1 (800) 999-1009
Canadian Owners
Honda Canada Inc.
Customer Relations
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546
1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
• Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, Motor Number, and
Transmission Number P. 664
• Date of purchase
• Odometer reading of your vehicle
• Your name, address, and telephone number
• A detailed description of the problem
• Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 672 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
Index
673
Index
Index
Numbers
12-Volt Battery......................................... 611
Charging System Indicator ................ 90, 646
A
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 547
Accessories and Modifications ................ 620
Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 223
Acoustic Vehicle Alerting System............ 476
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low
Speed Follow (LSF) ................................. 503
Indicator (Amber).................................... 102
Indicator (Green)..................................... 102
Adaptive Damper System ........................ 476
Additives
Coolant .......................................... 585, 587
Engine Oil ............................................... 580
Washer ................................................... 590
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 580
Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 216
Front Seats.............................................. 208
Head Restraints....................................... 214
Mirrors.................................................... 206
Rear Seats............................................... 212
Steering Wheel ....................................... 205
Agile Handling Assist............................... 479
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System).................................................... 232
Changing the Mode................................ 232
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ............................................... 233
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 614
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 232
Sensors.................................................... 235
Synchronization Mode ............................. 234
Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 232
Air Pressure ....................................... 603, 663
Airbags ........................................................ 49
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 55
After a Collision......................................... 52
Airbag Care............................................... 64
Event Data Recorder .................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 52
Indicator.............................................. 62, 93
Knee Airbags............................................. 56
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ......... 63
Sensors...................................................... 49
Side Airbags .............................................. 59
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 61
AM/FM Radio .................................... 253, 295
Android Auto
TM
........................................ 336
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 547
Indicator.................................................... 93
Apple CarPlay
TM
........................................ 333
Armrest ..................................................... 216
Audio Remote Controls............................ 242
Audio System ............................................ 238
Adjusting the Sound........................ 251, 289
Audio/Information Screen ................ 247, 268
Display Setup................................... 252, 290
Error Messages........................................ 340
General Information ................................ 345
Home Screen........................................... 276
How to Update Wirelessly ....................... 283
How to Update with a USB Device........... 287
How to use Siri ® Eyes Free .............. 266, 332
iPod ................................................ 255, 310
Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 291
MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 260, 313
Near Field Communication (NFC)............. 329
Pandora®................................................. 258
Reactivating ............................................ 241
Remote Controls ..................................... 242
Security Code.......................................... 241
Selecting an Audio Source....................... 291
Status Area ............................................. 281
System Updates....................................... 283
Theft Protection ...................................... 241
USB Flash Drives...................... 260, 313, 346
USB Ports ................................................ 239
Wallpaper Setup.............................. 249, 274
Audio/Information Screen ............... 247, 268
Authorized Manuals ................................ 671
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 177
Customize............................................... 394
Auto High-Beam....................................... 195
Indicator.................................................... 93
Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 545
Indicator............................................ 88, 545
Automatic Brake Hold System
Indicator............................................ 88, 545
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 673 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
676
Index
F
Features..................................................... 237
Filters
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 614
Oil ........................................................... 583
Flat Tire ..................................................... 625
Floor Mats ................................................. 616
Fluids
Brake............................................... 589, 663
Engine Coolant................................ 585, 663
Inverter Coolant............................... 587, 663
Transmission.................................... 588, 663
Windshield Washer.......................... 590, 662
FM/AM Radio .................................... 253, 295
Fog Lights.................................................. 193
Indicator.................................................... 97
Folding Down the Rear Seat .................... 212
Foot Brake................................................. 544
Front Airbags (SRS)..................................... 52
Front Seats
Adjusting................................................. 208
Front Sensor Camera ................................ 537
Fuel...................................................... 30, 563
Economy ................................................. 566
Gauge ..................................................... 133
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 140
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 92
Range...................................................... 140
Recommendation .................................... 563
Refueling......................................... 563, 660
Fuel Economy............................................ 566
Fuel Fill Door .............................. 30, 564, 658
Fuses.......................................................... 653
Inspecting and Changing......................... 656
Locations......................................... 653, 654
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy ................................................. 566
Gauge..................................................... 133
Information ..................................... 563, 662
Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 140
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 92
Refueling......................................... 563, 660
Gauges ...................................................... 133
Glass (care)........................................ 615, 618
Glove Box.................................................. 219
H
Halogen Bulbs .......................................... 591
Handling of the Jack ................................ 637
Handling the Unexpected........................ 623
HandsFreeLink® (HFL)....................... 400, 424
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and
Call History.................................... 414, 433
Automatic Transferring.................... 412, 432
Displaying Messages................................ 443
Favorite Contacts .................................... 434
HFL Buttons..................................... 400, 424
HFL Menus ...................................... 402, 427
HFL Status Display........................... 401, 426
In Case of Emergency ..................... 322, 447
Limitations for Manual Operation.... 401, 426
Making a Call ................................. 418, 436
Options During a Call...................... 423, 439
Phone Setup ................................... 406, 429
Receiving a Call............................... 422, 439
Receiving a Text Message........................ 441
Ring Tone ....................................... 412, 432
Selecting a Phone ................................... 442
Speed Dial .............................................. 415
To Clear the System ................................ 413
To Set Up a Text Message Options .......... 440
Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4
HD Radio
TM
............................................... 298
Head Restraints ........................................ 214
Headlights ................................................ 191
Aiming.................................................... 591
Auto High-Beam ..................................... 195
Automatic Operation .............................. 192
Dimming......................................... 191, 194
Operating ............................................... 191
Head-Up Display ...................................... 157
Heated Steering Wheel ........................... 228
Heaters (Seat)........................... 229, 230, 231
HFL (HandsFreeLink®) ...................... 400, 424
High Beam Indicator.................................. 97
High Voltage Battery............................... 488
Hill Start Assist System............................. 463
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ........... 397
Honda App License Agreement .............. 347
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 676 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
677
Index
Honda Sensing® ................................. 31, 491
HondaLink® .............................................. 318
Hybrid Vehicle
SPORT HYBRID i-MMD (intelligent Multi Mode
Drive) ...................................................... 10
I
Identification Numbers
Engine, Motor, and Transmission ............ 664
Vehicle Identification............................... 664
Illumination Control
Dial......................................................... 201
Immobilizer System.................................. 181
Indicator ................................................... 98
Indicators.................................................... 82
12-Volt Battery Charging System ...... 90, 646
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) (Amber) ............................. 102
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed
Follow (LSF) (Green) ...................... 102, 504
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................... 93
Auto High-Beam ....................................... 93
Automatic Brake Hold....................... 88, 545
Automatic Brake Hold System ........... 88, 545
Deceleration Paddle Selector ..................... 90
ECON Mode ................................... 100, 475
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System ............................................ 95, 650
EV............................................................. 87
EV Mode................................................... 87
Fog Light ................................................... 97
Hazard Warning ........................................ 97
High Beam ................................................ 97
Immobilizer System.................................... 98
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
(Amber) ................................................. 103
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
(Green) .......................................... 103, 521
Lights On................................................... 97
Low Fuel.................................................... 92
Low Oil Pressure Symbol.......................... 646
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS ..... 96, 480, 483, 651
Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 89, 647
Parking Brake and Brake System
(Amber) ........................................... 84, 649
Parking Brake and Brake System
(Red)........................................ 83, 648, 649
POWER SYSTEM ........................................ 86
READY ...................................................... 87
Safety Support (Amber) ........................... 104
Safety Support (Green/Gray) .................... 107
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 43, 92
Security System Alarm ............................... 98
Shift Position ............................................. 90
SPORT Mode ................................... 101, 471
Supplemental Restraint System ............ 62, 93
System Message ........................................ 99
Transmission System.......................... 91, 652
Turn Signal ................................................ 97
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) OFF ............ 95
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®)
System ............................................ 94, 477
VSA® On and Off .................................... 478
Information .............................................. 661
Instant Fuel Economy............................... 140
Instrument Panel........................................ 81
Brightness Control................................... 201
Interior Lights........................................... 217
Interior Rearview Mirror.......................... 206
Inverter Coolant ....................................... 587
iPhone ....................................................... 346
iPod ........................................... 255, 310, 346
J
Jump Starting ........................................... 641
K
Key
Type and Functions ................................. 166
Key Number Tag....................................... 167
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 173
Keys........................................................... 166
Built-in Key.............................................. 166
Lockout Prevention.................................. 173
Number Tag............................................ 167
Rear Door Won’t Open............................ 176
Remote Transmitter................................. 172
Valet Key................................................. 180
Knee Airbags .............................................. 56
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 677 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
678
Index
L
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ......... 519
LaneWatch
TM
............................................. 489
Language (HFL)......................................... 401
LATCH (Child Seats) .................................... 70
Lights ................................................. 191, 591
Auto High-Beam...................................... 195
Automatic ............................................... 192
Bulb Replacement.................................... 591
Daytime Running Lights........................... 194
Fog Lights................................................ 193
High Beam Indicator .................................. 97
Interior .................................................... 217
Light Switches ......................................... 191
Lights On Indicator .................................... 97
Turn Signals............................................. 191
Load Limits................................................ 455
Locking/Unlocking .................................... 166
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .................. 177
Childproof Door Locks ............................. 176
From Inside.............................................. 174
From Outside........................................... 168
Keys ........................................................ 166
Using a Key ............................................. 173
Lockout Prevention System...................... 173
Low Battery Charge (12-Volt) .................. 646
Low Fuel Indicator...................................... 92
Low Oil Pressure Symbol .......................... 646
Low Smart Entry Remote Signal
Strength................................................... 167
Lower Anchors............................................ 70
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 455
Lumbar Support ....................................... 209
Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch....... 209
M
Maintenance..................................... 144, 567
12-Volt Battery........................................ 611
Brake Fluid .............................................. 589
Cleaning ................................................. 615
Climate Control System........................... 614
Coolant........................................... 585, 587
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 571
Oil........................................................... 581
Precautions ............................................. 568
Radiator .................................................. 586
Remote Transmitter................................. 613
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 591
Safety...................................................... 569
Service Items ........................................... 575
Tires ........................................................ 602
Transmission Fluid ................................... 588
Under the Hood ...................................... 578
Malfunction Indicator Lamp.............. 89, 647
Map Lights................................................ 218
Maximum Load Limit ............................... 455
Meters, Gauges......................................... 133
Mirrors ...................................................... 206
Adjusting ................................................ 206
Door ....................................................... 207
Exterior ................................................... 207
Interior Rearview..................................... 206
Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 620
Moonroof ................................................. 187
Motor Number ......................................... 664
MP3................................................... 260, 313
MP3/WMA/AAC........................................ 313
Multi-View Rear Camera ......................... 560
N
Navigation................................................ 143
Near Field Communication (NFC)............ 329
Numbers (Identification) ......................... 664
O
Odometer ................................................. 137
Oil (Engine) .............................................. 580
Adding ................................................... 582
Checking ................................................ 581
Displaying Oil Life ................................... 572
Low Oil Pressure Symbol ......................... 646
Oil Life .................................................... 144
Recommended Engine Oil ............... 580, 663
Viscosity.......................................... 580, 663
Open Source Licenses .............................. 361
Opening
Trunk.............................................. 178, 659
Opening/Closing
Hood ...................................................... 579
Moonroof ............................................... 187
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 678 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
679
Index
Power Windows...................................... 184
Trunk...................................................... 178
Outside Temperature Display ................. 138
Overheating ............................................. 643
P
Pandora® .................................................. 258
Panic Mode............................................... 183
Parking ..................................................... 549
Parking Brake........................................... 540
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator
(Amber)............................................. 84, 649
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator
(Red).......................................... 83, 648, 649
Parking Sensor System............................. 551
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator....... 63
Passing Indicators..................................... 191
Phone........................................................ 145
Playing Bluetooth® Audio ............... 263, 316
POWER Button ......................................... 188
Power System
Turning on.............................................. 458
Won’t Start............................................. 638
POWER SYSTEM Indicator ......................... 86
Power Windows ....................................... 184
POWER/CHARGE Gauge .......................... 146
Precautions While Driving
Rain ........................................................ 464
Pregnant Women....................................... 47
Puncture (Tire) ......................................... 625
R
Radiator .................................................... 586
Radio (AM/FM).................................. 253, 295
Radio (FM/AM).................................. 253, 295
Radio (SiriusXM®) ..................................... 299
Radio Data System (RDS).................. 254, 297
Range ........................................................ 140
RDS (Radio Data System).................. 254, 297
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 667
READY Indicator ......................................... 87
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button ..................................................... 200
Rear Seat (Folding Down) ........................ 212
Rear Seat Heaters ..................................... 231
Rearview Mirror........................................ 206
Refueling................................................... 563
Fuel Gauge.............................................. 133
Gasoline .................................. 563, 660, 662
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 92
Refuel Recommend ................................. 449
Regulations ............................... 483, 605, 665
Remote Transmitter ................................. 172
Replacement
Battery .................................................... 613
Bulbs ....................................................... 591
Fuses ............................................... 653, 654
Tires ........................................................ 608
Wiper Blade Rubber................................. 599
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 666
Resetting a Trip Meter ..................... 138, 140
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 207
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 527
On and Off.............................................. 529
S
Safe Driving ................................................ 37
Safety Check ............................................... 41
Safety Labels............................................... 79
Safety Message............................................. 1
Seat Belts .................................................... 42
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor.................. 46
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 44
Checking................................................... 48
Fastening .................................................. 45
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat
Belt ......................................................... 72
Pregnant Women ...................................... 47
Reminder .................................................. 43
Warning Indicator ............................... 43, 92
Seat Heaters.............................. 229, 230, 231
Seat Ventilation........................................ 230
Seats .......................................................... 208
Adjusting ................................................ 208
Front Seats .............................................. 208
Rear Seats ............................................... 212
Seat Heaters............................ 229, 230, 231
Seat Ventilation....................................... 230
Security System......................................... 181
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 98
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 98
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 679 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
680
Index
Select Button
Operation ................................................ 467
Selecting a Child Seat ................................. 69
Selector Knob (Audio) .............................. 246
Shift Button Positions
Transmission............................................ 465
Shift Position Indicator....................... 90, 467
Shoulder Anchor......................................... 46
Side Airbags ................................................ 59
Side Curtain Airbags................................... 61
Siri® Eyes Free.................................... 266, 332
SiriusXM® Radio ........................................ 299
Smart Entry with Push Button Start
System...................................................... 168
Snow Tires ................................................. 610
Spark Plugs................................................ 662
Specifications ............................................ 662
Specified Fuel.................................... 563, 662
Speedometer............................................. 133
SPORT Mode ............................................. 471
Indicator.......................................... 101, 471
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................. 52
Steering Wheel
Adjusting................................................. 205
Stopping.................................................... 549
Summer Tires ............................................ 610
Sunglasses Holder..................................... 228
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ........ 52
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................. 4, 5, 188
System Message Indicator.......................... 99
System Updates ........................................ 283
T
Temperature
Outside Temperature Display................... 138
Temperature Sensor......................... 138, 235
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) ..................................................... 480
Indicator............................................ 96, 651
Tires........................................................... 602
Air Pressure ..................................... 603, 663
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 602
Inspection ............................................... 602
Labeling .................................................. 603
Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 625
Regulations ............................................. 605
Rotation .................................................. 609
Summer .................................................. 610
Tire Chains .............................................. 610
Wear Indicators ....................................... 607
Winter..................................................... 610
Tools.......................................................... 624
Towing a Trailer ....................................... 457
Towing Your Vehicle................................ 457
Emergency .............................................. 657
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System).................................................... 480
Indicator............................................ 96, 651
Traffic Sign Recognition System.............. 531
Transmission..................................... 464, 465
Creeping................................................. 464
Fluid ............................................... 588, 663
Operating the Shift Button...................... 467
Shift Position Indicator ...................... 90, 467
Shifting................................................... 465
Transmission System
Indicator ........................................... 91, 652
Trip Computer.................................. 139, 141
Trip Meter ................................ 138, 140, 142
Troubleshooting ...................................... 623
Blown Fuse ..................................... 653, 654
Brake Pedal Vibrates ................................. 34
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door ......... 34
Emergency Towing ................................. 657
Noise When Braking ................................. 35
Overheating............................................ 643
Power System Won’t Start ...................... 638
Puncture/Flat Tire .................................... 625
Rear Door Won’t Open ..................... 34, 176
Warning Indicators............................ 82, 646
Trunk ........................................................ 178
Lid .......................................................... 178
Light Bulb ............................................... 662
Main Switch............................................ 180
Unable to Open ...................................... 659
Turn Signals.............................................. 191
Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 97
Turn-by-Turn Directions .......................... 161
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 680 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 683 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
19 ACCORD HYBRID-31TWA6100.book 684 ページ ２０１８年８月３０日 木曜日 午後３時４２分
owners.honda.com (U.S.)
myhonda.ca (Canada)
2019 Honda Accord Hybrid Owner’s Manual
©2018 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved
31TWA610
OM-08294
00X31-TWA-6100 Printed in U.S.A.
